]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Also mention bug-gnu-emacs in (ps-)print.el version strings
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21291 9464
69 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21291 9464
89 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21291 9464
100 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21291 9464 291241
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21291 9464
242 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21297 26037 89426 0))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21291
841 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21291 9464 291241
900 ;;;;;; 0))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21291 9464 291241
922 ;;;;;; 0))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21291 9464 291241
955 ;;;;;; 0))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21291
982 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21291 9464 291241
1019 ;;;;;; 0))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1042
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1047
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1050
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1052
1053 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1059
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 variables, not just user options.
1062
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1064
1065 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1069
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1071
1072 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1073
1074 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1080
1081 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1082 noninteractive functions.
1083
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1086
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1089
1090 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1091
1092 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1094
1095 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1096
1097 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1101
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1106
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1109
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1111
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113
1114 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1119
1120 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1121
1122 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1128
1129 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1132
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1134
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1136
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1143
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1145 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1148
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1150
1151 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1152
1153 ;;;***
1154 \f
1155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21291 9464 291241
1156 ;;;;;; 0))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1158
1159 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1165
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1169
1170 \\{archive-mode-map}
1171
1172 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1173
1174 ;;;***
1175 \f
1176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1178
1179 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1180 Major mode for editing arrays.
1181
1182 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1183 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1184 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1185
1186 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1187
1188 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1189 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1190 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1191
1192 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1193 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1194 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1195 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1196 The variables are:
1197
1198 Variables you assign:
1199 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1200 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1201 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1202 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1203 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1204 row numbers in the buffer.
1205
1206 Variables which are calculated:
1207 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1208 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1209
1210 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1211 take a numeric prefix argument):
1212
1213 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1214 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1215 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1216 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1217
1218 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1219 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1220 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1221 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1222
1223 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1225 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1227
1228 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1229 between that of point and mark.
1230
1231 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1232 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1233
1234 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1235 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1236 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1237 newlines inside rows)
1238
1239 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1240
1241 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1242
1243 \(fn)" t nil)
1244
1245 ;;;***
1246 \f
1247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21291 9464
1248 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
1249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1250 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1251
1252 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1253 Toggle Artist mode.
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1257
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1259
1260 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1261
1262
1263 How to submit a bug report
1264
1265 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1266
1267
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1269
1270 mouse-2
1271 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1273 below).
1274
1275 mouse-1
1276 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1277 or pastes:
1278
1279 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1282 to new point
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1299 lines
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Paste Paste Paste
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309
1310 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1311 or diagonally.
1312
1313 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1314 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1315 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1317 poly-lines.
1318
1319 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321 overwrite means the opposite.
1322
1323 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1325 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1326
1327 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1328
1329 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1331
1332 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334 are currently drawing something.
1335
1336 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1337 some time to fill.
1338
1339
1340 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1341 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1342
1343
1344 Settings
1345
1346 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1347
1348 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1349
1350 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1351
1352 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1353
1354 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1356
1357 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1358
1359
1360 Drawing with keys
1361
1362 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1363 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1364 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1365 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367 When pasting: Pastes
1368
1369 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1370
1371 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1372
1373 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1374 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1375 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1376 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1377 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1378 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1379
1380
1381 Arrows
1382
1383 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1384 of the line/poly-line
1385
1386 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1387 of the line/poly-line
1388
1389
1390 Selecting operation
1391
1392 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1393
1394 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1395 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1397 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1398 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1401 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1411 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1413 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1414
1415
1416 Variables
1417
1418 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1419 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1420
1421 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1423 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1424 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1427 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1428 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1430 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1434 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1438 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1439 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1440
1441 Hooks
1442
1443 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1444
1445
1446 Keymap summary
1447
1448 \\{artist-mode-map}
1449
1450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1451
1452 ;;;***
1453 \f
1454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21291 9464
1455 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1457
1458 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1461
1462 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1466
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1468 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1469
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1472
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1474
1475 Special commands:
1476 \\{asm-mode-map}
1477
1478 \(fn)" t nil)
1479
1480 ;;;***
1481 \f
1482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21291
1483 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1485
1486 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1489 let-binding.")
1490
1491 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1492
1493 ;;;***
1494 \f
1495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
1496 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1497
1498 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1499 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1500 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1501
1502 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1503
1504 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1505 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1507 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1508 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1509
1510 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1511 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1512 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1513 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1514 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1515 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1516 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1517 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1518
1519 For example:
1520 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1521 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1523 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1524 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1525
1526 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1527
1528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1529
1530 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1531 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1532 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1535 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1536
1537 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1538
1539 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1540 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1544
1545 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1546 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1547 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1548
1549 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1550
1551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1552
1553 ;;;***
1554 \f
1555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21291 9464
1556 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
1557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1558
1559 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1560 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1561
1562 \(fn)" t nil)
1563
1564 ;;;***
1565 \f
1566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21291 9464 291241
1567 ;;;;;; 0))
1568 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1569
1570 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1571 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1572 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1573
1574 \(fn)" t nil)
1575
1576 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1577 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1579 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1580
1581 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1582
1583 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1584 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1585 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1587 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1588 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1589
1590 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1591
1592 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1593 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1594 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1595 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1596 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1597
1598 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1599 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1600
1601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1602
1603 ;;;***
1604 \f
1605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21291
1606 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
1607 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1608
1609 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1614 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1615 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1616
1617 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1618 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1619 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1620 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1621 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1622
1623 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1624
1625 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1626
1627 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1628 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1629 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1630 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1631 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1632
1633 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1634 directory or directories specified.
1635
1636 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1637 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1638 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1639 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1640 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1641 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1642
1643 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1644
1645 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1646 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1647 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1648 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1649 should be non-nil).
1650
1651 \(fn)" nil nil)
1652
1653 ;;;***
1654 \f
1655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21310 5108 914397
1656 ;;;;;; 372000))
1657 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1658
1659 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1660 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1662 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1663 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1664
1665 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1666 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1667 disk changes.
1668
1669 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1670 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1671 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1672
1673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1674
1675 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1676 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1677
1678 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1679 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1680
1681 \(fn)" nil nil)
1682
1683 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1684 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1685 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1686 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1687 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1688
1689 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1690 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1691 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1692 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1693 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1694
1695 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1696 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1697 writing before you save the file!
1698
1699 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1700
1701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1702
1703 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1704 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1705
1706 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1707 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1708
1709 \(fn)" nil nil)
1710
1711 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1712 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1713 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1715 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1716 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1717
1718 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1719
1720 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1721 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1723 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1724 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1725
1726 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1727 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1728 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1729
1730 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1731 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1732 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1733 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1734 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1735
1736 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1737 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1738 specifies in the mode line.
1739
1740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1741
1742 ;;;***
1743 \f
1744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
1745 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1746
1747 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1748 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1749 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1750 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1751 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1752
1753 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1754
1755 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1756 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1757 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1758 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1759
1760 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1761 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1762 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1763
1764 Effects of the different modes:
1765 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1766 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1767 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1768 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1769 a random distance & direction.
1770 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1771 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1772 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1773
1774 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1775
1776 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1777 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1778 definition of \"random distance\".)
1779
1780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1781
1782 ;;;***
1783 \f
1784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21291 9464
1785 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
1786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1787
1788 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1789
1790 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1791 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1792
1793 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1794 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1795 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1796
1797 \\{bat-mode-map}
1798
1799 \(fn)" t nil)
1800
1801 ;;;***
1802 \f
1803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21339 38332 466140
1804 ;;;;;; 0))
1805 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1806 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1807
1808 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1809 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1810 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1811 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1812
1813 \(fn)" t nil)
1814
1815 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1816 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1817 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1820 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1821
1822 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1823
1824 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1825 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1827 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1828 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1829
1830 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1831 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1832 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1833 seconds.
1834
1835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1836
1837 ;;;***
1838 \f
1839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21291
1840 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1842
1843 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1844 Time execution of FORMS.
1845 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1846 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1847 FORMS once.
1848 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1849 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1850 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1851
1852 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1853
1854 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1855
1856 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1857 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1858 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1859 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1860 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1861
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1863
1864 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1865
1866 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1867 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1868 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1869 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1870 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1871
1872 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1873
1874 ;;;***
1875 \f
1876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21291 9464
1877 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
1878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1879
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1881 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1882 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1883 of corresponding buffers.
1884 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1885 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1886 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1887 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1888 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1889
1890 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1891 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1892 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1893
1894 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1895
1896 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1897 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1898
1899 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1900
1901 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1902 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1903 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1904 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1905
1906 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1907 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1908 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1909 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1910 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1911
1912 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1913 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1914
1915
1916 Special information:
1917
1918 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1919
1920 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1921 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1922 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1923 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1924 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1925 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1926 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1927 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1929 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1930 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1931
1932 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1933 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1934 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1935 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1936 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1937 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1938 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1939 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1940
1941 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1942
1943 ----------------------------------------------------------
1944 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1945 if that value is non-nil.
1946
1947 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1948
1949 \(fn)" t nil)
1950
1951 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1952 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1953 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1954 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1955 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1956 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1957 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1958 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1959 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1960 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1961 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1962 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1963
1964 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1965
1966 ;;;***
1967 \f
1968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1969 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
1970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1971
1972 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1973 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1974
1975 \(fn)" t nil)
1976
1977 ;;;***
1978 \f
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21291 9464 291241
1980 ;;;;;; 0))
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1982
1983 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1984 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1985
1986 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1987 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1988 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1989
1990 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1991
1992 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1993 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1994
1995 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1996
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1999
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2001
2002 ;;;***
2003 \f
2004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21291 9464 291241
2005 ;;;;;; 0))
2006 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2007
2008 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2009 Play blackbox.
2010 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2011
2012 What is blackbox?
2013
2014 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2015 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2016 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2017 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2018 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2019 your score.
2020
2021 Overview of play:
2022
2023 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2024 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2025 four.
2026
2027 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2028 movement keys.
2029
2030 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2031 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2032
2033 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2034 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2035
2036 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2037 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2038 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2039 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2040 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2041 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2042
2043 Details:
2044
2045 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2046
2047 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2048 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2049 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2050 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2051
2052 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2053 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2054 denoted by the letter `R'.
2055
2056 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2057 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2058 denoted by the letter `H'.
2059
2060 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2061 example.
2062
2063 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2064 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2065 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2066 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2067 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2068 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2069 ray.
2070
2071 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2072 degree deflection it causes.
2073
2074 1
2075 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2078 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2083 2 3
2084
2085 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2086 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2087
2088
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2097
2098 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2099 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2100 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2101 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2102 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2103 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2104 emerging from the box.
2105
2106 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2107
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2113 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116
2117 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2118 a reflection.
2119
2120 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2121
2122 ;;;***
2123 \f
2124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21291 9464 291241
2125 ;;;;;; 0))
2126 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2127 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2130
2131 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2132 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2133 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2134 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2135 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2136 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2137 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2138
2139 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2140 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2141 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2142
2143 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2144 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2145 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2146 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2147 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2148 recent one.
2149
2150 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2151 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2152 yank successive words.
2153
2154 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2155 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2156 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2157 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2158 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2159
2160 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2161 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2162 the list of bookmarks.)
2163
2164 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2165
2166 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2167 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2168 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2169 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2170 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2171 this.
2172
2173 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2174 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2175 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2176 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2177
2178 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2179 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2180
2181 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2182 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2183 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2184
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2186
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2188 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2189
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2191
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2193 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2194
2195 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2196 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2197 after a bookmark was set in it.
2198
2199 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2200
2201 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2202 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2203
2204 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2205 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2206
2207 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2208
2209 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2210
2211 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2212 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2213 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2214 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2215
2216 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2217 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2218 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2219
2220 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2221 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2222 name.
2223
2224 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2225
2226 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2227 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2228 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2229
2230 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2231 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2232 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2233 this.
2234
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2236
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2238 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2239
2240 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2241 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2242 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2243 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2244 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2245 probably because we were called from there.
2246
2247 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2248
2249 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2250 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2251 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2252
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2254
2255 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2256 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2257 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2259 \(second argument).
2260
2261 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2262 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2263 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2264 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2265 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2266
2267 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2268 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2269 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2270 `bookmark-default-file'.
2271
2272 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2273
2274 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2275 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2276 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2277 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2278 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2279 while loading.
2280
2281 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2282 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2283 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2284 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2285 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2286 explicitly.
2287
2288 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2289 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2290 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2291 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2292
2293 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2294
2295 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2296 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2297 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2298 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2299 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2300
2301 \(fn)" t nil)
2302
2303 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2304
2305 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306
2307 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2308 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2309
2310 \(fn)" t nil)
2311
2312 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2313
2314 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2315
2316 ;;;***
2317 \f
2318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21291 9464
2319 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
2320 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2321
2322 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2323 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2324 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2325 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2326
2327 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2328 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2329 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2330 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2331 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2332
2333 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2334
2335 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2336 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2337 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2338 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2339 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2340 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2341
2342 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2343
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2346 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2347 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2348 narrowed.
2349
2350 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2351
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2353 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2354
2355 \(fn)" t nil)
2356
2357 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2358 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2359
2360 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2361
2362 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2365 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2366 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2367 first, if that exists.
2368
2369 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2370
2371 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2372 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2373 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2374 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2375
2376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2377
2378 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2379 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2380 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2381 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2382 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2383 to use.
2384
2385 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2386
2387 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2388 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2389 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2390 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2391
2392 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2393
2394 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2395 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2396 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2397 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2398
2399 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2400 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2401 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2402 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403
2404 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2405 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2406 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2407
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2416 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2417
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2420 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2421 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422
2423 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2424 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2425 new tab in an existing window instead.
2426
2427 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2428 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2431
2432 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2435 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2436 Firefox.
2437
2438 When called interactively, if variable
2439 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2440 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2441 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2442 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443
2444 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2445 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2446 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2447
2448 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2449 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450
2451 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2452 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2453 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2454 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2455 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2456 URL in a new window.
2457
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459
2460 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2463 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2464 Chromium.
2465
2466 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2467
2468 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2469 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2470 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2471 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2472
2473 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2474 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2475 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2476 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2477
2478 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2479 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2480 new tab in an existing window instead.
2481
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2486
2487 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2489
2490 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491
2492 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2493 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2494 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2495 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2496
2497 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2498 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2499 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2500 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501
2502 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2503 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2506
2507 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2509
2510 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2511 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2512 program is invoked according to the variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2514
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2519
2520 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2521 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2524
2525 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2526 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2527 Default to the URL around or before point.
2528
2529 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2530 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2531 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2532
2533 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2534 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2535 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2536 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2537
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2542
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2545 Default to the URL around or before point.
2546
2547 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2548 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2549 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2550
2551 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2552 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2553
2554 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2555
2556 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2557 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2558 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2559 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2560
2561 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2562
2563 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2564 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2565 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2566 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2567 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2568 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2569
2570 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2571
2572 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2573 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2574 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2575 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2576 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2577
2578 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2579 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2580 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2581 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2582
2583 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2584 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2585
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2587
2588 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2589 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2590 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2591 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2592 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2593 current one.
2594
2595 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2596 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2597 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2598 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2599
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2604
2605 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2606 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2607 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2608 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2609 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2610 don't offer a form of remote control.
2611
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2615 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2616 Default to the URL around or before point.
2617
2618 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2619
2620 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2621 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2622 Default to the URL around the point.
2623
2624 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2625 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2626
2627 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2628 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2629
2630 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2631
2632 ;;;***
2633 \f
2634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
2635 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2636 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2637
2638 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2639 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2640 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2641 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2642
2643 \(fn)" t nil)
2644
2645 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2646 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2647 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2648 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2649
2650 \(fn)" t nil)
2651
2652 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2653 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2654
2655 \(fn)" t nil)
2656
2657 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2658 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2659 \\<bs-mode-map>
2660 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2661 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2662 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2663 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2664
2665 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2666 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2667 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2668 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2669 name of buffer configuration.
2670
2671 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2672
2673 ;;;***
2674 \f
2675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21291 9464 291241
2676 ;;;;;; 0))
2677 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2678
2679 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2680 Play Bubbles game.
2681 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2682 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2683 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2684 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2685 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2686 columns on its right towards the left.
2687
2688 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2692
2693 \(fn)" t nil)
2694
2695 ;;;***
2696 \f
2697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2698 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2700
2701 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2702
2703 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2704 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2705 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2706 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2707 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2708
2709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2710
2711 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2712 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2713
2714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2715
2716 ;;;***
2717 \f
2718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21291
2719 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
2720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2721 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724
2725 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2726
2727 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2728 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2729 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2730 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2731 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2732 else the global value will be modified.
2733
2734 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2735
2736 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2737 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2738 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2739 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2740 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2741 else the global value will be modified.
2742
2743 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2744
2745 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2746 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2747 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2748
2749 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2750
2751 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2752 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2753 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2754 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2755
2756 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2757 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2758 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2759 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2760 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2761 before scanning it.
2762
2763 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2764 that already has a `.elc' file.
2765
2766 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2767 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2768
2769 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2770 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2771 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2772 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2773 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2774 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2775
2776 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2777
2778 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2779 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2780 Print the result in the echo area.
2781 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2782
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2784
2785 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2786 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2787 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2788
2789 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2790
2791 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2792 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2793 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2794 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2795 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2796 all functions called by those functions.
2797
2798 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2799 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2800 cons, etc.).
2801
2802 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2803 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2804 invoked interactively.
2805
2806 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2807
2808 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2809 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2810 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2811 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2812
2813 \(fn)" nil nil)
2814
2815 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2816 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2817 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2818 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2819 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2820 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2821 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2822 already up-to-date.
2823
2824 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2825
2826 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2827 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2828 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2829 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2830
2831 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2832 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2833 and corresponding effects.
2834
2835 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2836
2837 ;;;***
2838 \f
2839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21291
2840 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
2841 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2842
2843 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2844
2845 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 ;;;***
2848 \f
2849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21291 9464
2850 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
2851 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2852
2853 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2854
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2856
2857 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2858
2859 ;;;***
2860 \f
2861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21291
2862 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2864
2865 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2866 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2867 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2868 from the cursor position.
2869
2870 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2871
2872 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2873
2874 ;;;***
2875 \f
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2878 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2879
2880 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2882
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2884
2885 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2886 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2887
2888 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2889
2890 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2891 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2892
2893 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894
2895 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897
2898 \(fn)" t nil)
2899
2900 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2901 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2902 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2903 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2904
2905 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2906
2907 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2908 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2909 This is most useful in the X window system.
2910 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2911 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2912
2913 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914
2915 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2917 See calc-keypad for details.
2918
2919 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2920
2921 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2922 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2923
2924 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2925
2926 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2927 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2928
2929 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2930
2931 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2932 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2933
2934 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2935
2936 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2937 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2938 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2939
2940 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2941
2942 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2943 Define Calc function.
2944
2945 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2946 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2947 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2948
2949 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2950 actual Lisp function name.
2951
2952 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2953
2954 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2955
2956 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2957
2958 ;;;***
2959 \f
2960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21291 9464
2961 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
2962 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2963
2964 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2965
2966
2967 \(fn N)" t nil)
2968
2969 ;;;***
2970 \f
2971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21291 9464 291241
2972 ;;;;;; 0))
2973 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2974
2975 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2976 Run the Emacs calculator.
2977 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2978
2979 \(fn)" t nil)
2980
2981 ;;;***
2982 \f
2983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21291 9464
2984 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
2985 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2986
2987 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2988 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2989 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2990 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2991 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2992 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2993
2994 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2995 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2996 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2997 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2998 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2999 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3000 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3001 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3002 window.
3003
3004 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3005 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3006
3007 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3008 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3009 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3010 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3011 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3012 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3013
3014 Runs the following hooks:
3015
3016 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3017 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3018 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3019 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3020
3021 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3022
3023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3024
3025 ;;;***
3026 \f
3027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21291 9464 291241
3028 ;;;;;; 0))
3029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3030
3031 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3032 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3033
3034 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3035
3036 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3037 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3038 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3039 it fails.
3040
3041 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3042
3043 ;;;***
3044 \f
3045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21291
3046 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3048
3049 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3050 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3052 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3053 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3054
3055 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3056 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3057 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3058 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3059 restriction to ASCII.
3060
3061 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3062
3063 capitalizedWorDD
3064 ^ ^ ^^
3065
3066 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3067 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3068 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3069
3070 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3071 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3072 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3073 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3074 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3075 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3076 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3077
3078 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3079 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3080
3081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3082
3083 ;;;***
3084 \f
3085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21291
3086 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
3087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3088 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3089
3090 ;;;***
3091 \f
3092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21291
3093 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3095
3096 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3097 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3098
3099 \(fn)" nil nil)
3100
3101 ;;;***
3102 \f
3103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21305 47864
3104 ;;;;;; 651560 808000))
3105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3106
3107 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3108 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3109
3110 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3111 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3112
3113 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3114 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3115
3116 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3117
3118 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3119 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3120 made from scratch.
3121
3122 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3123
3124 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3125 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3126
3127 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3128 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3129 made from scratch.
3130
3131 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3132
3133 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3134 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3135
3136 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3137
3138 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3139 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3140 made from scratch.
3141
3142 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3146
3147 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3148 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3149 made from scratch.
3150
3151 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3152
3153 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3154 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3155
3156 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3157
3158 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3159 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3160 made from scratch.
3161
3162 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3163
3164 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3165 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3166
3167 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3168 variables are guessed:
3169
3170 * `c-basic-offset', and
3171 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3172 `c-offsets-alist'.
3173
3174 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3175 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3176
3177 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3178 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3179
3180 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3181 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3182 guess is made from scratch.
3183
3184 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3185 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3186
3187 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3188
3189 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3190 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3191 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3192 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3193
3194 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3195 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3196 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3197
3198 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3199
3200 ;;;***
3201 \f
3202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21291 9464
3203 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
3204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3205
3206 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3207 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3208 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3209 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3210 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3211 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3212 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3213
3214 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3215 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3216 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3222 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3223
3224 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3225 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3226 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3227 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3228 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3229 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3230
3231 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3232
3233 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3234 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3235
3236 Key bindings:
3237 \\{c-mode-map}
3238
3239 \(fn)" t nil)
3240
3241 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3242 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3243 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3244 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3245 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3246 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3247 message.
3248
3249 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3250
3251 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3252 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3253
3254 Key bindings:
3255 \\{c++-mode-map}
3256
3257 \(fn)" t nil)
3258 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3259
3260 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3261 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3262 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3263 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3264 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3265 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3266 message.
3267
3268 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3269
3270 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3271 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3272
3273 Key bindings:
3274 \\{objc-mode-map}
3275
3276 \(fn)" t nil)
3277 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3278
3279 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3280 Major mode for editing Java code.
3281 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3282 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3283 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3284 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3285 message.
3286
3287 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3288
3289 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3290 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3291
3292 Key bindings:
3293 \\{java-mode-map}
3294
3295 \(fn)" t nil)
3296 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3297
3298 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3299 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3300 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3301 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3302 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3303 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3304 message.
3305
3306 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3307
3308 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3309 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3310
3311 Key bindings:
3312 \\{idl-mode-map}
3313
3314 \(fn)" t nil)
3315 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3316 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3317
3318 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3319 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3320 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3321 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3322 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3323 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3324 message.
3325
3326 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3327
3328 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3329 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3330
3331 Key bindings:
3332 \\{pike-mode-map}
3333
3334 \(fn)" t nil)
3335 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3336 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3337 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3338 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3339 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3340
3341 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3342 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3343 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3344 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3345 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3346 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3347
3348 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3349
3350 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3351 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3352
3353 Key bindings:
3354 \\{awk-mode-map}
3355
3356 \(fn)" t nil)
3357
3358 ;;;***
3359 \f
3360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21291
3361 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
3362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3363
3364 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3365 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3366 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3367 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3368
3369 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3370
3371 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3372 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3373 might get set too.
3374
3375 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3376 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3377 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3378 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3379 in this way.
3380
3381 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3382 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3383 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3384 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3385 a null operation.
3386
3387 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3388
3389 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3390 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3391 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3392 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3393
3394 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3395
3396 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3397 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3398 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3399
3400 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3401
3402 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3403 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3404 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3405 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3406 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3407
3408 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3409
3410 ;;;***
3411 \f
3412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21291 9464
3413 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
3414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3415 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3416 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3417 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3418
3419 ;;;***
3420 \f
3421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21291 9464 291241
3422 ;;;;;; 0))
3423 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3424
3425 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3426 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3427
3428 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3429
3430 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3431 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3432
3433 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3434
3435 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3436 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3437
3438 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3439 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3440 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3441 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3442 execution.
3443
3444 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3445
3446 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3447
3448 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3449 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3450
3451 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3452 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3453 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3454 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3455
3456 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3457 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3458 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3459 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3460 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3461 `write' commands.
3462
3463 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3464 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3465 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3466 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3467
3468 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3469 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3470 semantics.
3471
3472 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3473
3474 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3475
3476 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3477
3478 STATEMENT :=
3479 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3480 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3481
3482 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3483 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3484 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3485 | integer
3486
3487 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3488
3489 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3490 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3491 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3492
3493 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3494 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3495 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3496
3497 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3498 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3499
3500 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3501 BREAK := (break)
3502
3503 REPEAT :=
3504 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3505 (repeat)
3506 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3507 ;; (repeat))
3508 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3509 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3510 ;; (read REG)
3511 ;; (repeat))
3512 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3513 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3514 ;; (read REG)
3515 ;; (repeat))
3516 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3517
3518 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3519 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3520 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3521 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3522 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3523 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3524 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3525 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3526 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3527 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3528 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3529 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3530 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3531 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3532 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3533 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3534
3535 WRITE :=
3536 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3537 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3538 ;; representation.
3539 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3540 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3541 ;; (write r7))
3542 | (write EXPRESSION)
3543 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3544 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3545 ;; representation.
3546 | (write integer)
3547 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3548 ;; buffer.
3549 | (write string)
3550 ;; Same as: (write string)
3551 | string
3552 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3553 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3554 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3555 ;; representation.
3556 | (write REG ARRAY)
3557 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3558 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3559 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3560 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3561 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3562 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3563
3564 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3565 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3566
3567 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3568 END := (end)
3569
3570 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3571 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3572 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3573
3574 ARG := REG | integer
3575
3576 OPERATOR :=
3577 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3578 + | - | * | / | %
3579
3580 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3581 | & | `|' | ^
3582
3583 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3584 | << | >>
3585
3586 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3587 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3588 | <8
3589
3590 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3591 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3592 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3593 | >8
3594
3595 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3596 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3597 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3598 | //
3599
3600 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3601 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3602
3603 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3604 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3605 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3606 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3607 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3608 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3609 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3610 | de-sjis
3611
3612 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3613 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3614 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3615 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3616 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3617 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3618 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3619 ;; byte of SJIS.
3620 | en-sjis
3621
3622 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3623 ;; Same meaning as C code
3624 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3625
3626 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3627 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3628 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3629 | <8=
3630
3631 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3632 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3633 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3634
3635 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3636 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3637 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3638 | //=
3639
3640 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3641
3642
3643 TRANSLATE :=
3644 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3645 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3646 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3647 LOOKUP :=
3648 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3649 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3650 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3651 MAP :=
3652 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3653 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3654 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3655 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3656 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3657 MAP-ID := integer
3658
3659 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3660
3661 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3662
3663 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3664 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3665 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3666 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3667 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3668 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3669
3670 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3671
3672 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3673 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3674 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3675
3676 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3677
3678 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3679
3680 ;;;***
3681 \f
3682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21291 9464 291241
3683 ;;;;;; 0))
3684 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3685
3686 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3687 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3688 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3689 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3690
3691 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3692
3693 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3694
3695 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3696 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3697
3698 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3699
3700 ;;;***
3701 \f
3702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21291 9464 291241
3703 ;;;;;; 0))
3704 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3705 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3706
3707 ;;;***
3708 \f
3709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21291 9464
3710 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3712 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3713
3714 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3715 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3716 There are no special keybindings by default.
3717
3718 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3719 to the action header.
3720
3721 \(fn)" t nil)
3722
3723 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3724 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3725 There are no special keybindings by default.
3726
3727 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3728 to the action header.
3729
3730 \(fn)" t nil)
3731
3732 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3733 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3734 on the buffer contents
3735
3736 \(fn)" nil nil)
3737
3738 ;;;***
3739 \f
3740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21291 9464 291241
3741 ;;;;;; 0))
3742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3743 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3744
3745 ;;;***
3746 \f
3747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3748 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3750
3751 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3752 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3753 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3754
3755 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3756
3757 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3758 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3759 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3760
3761 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3762
3763 ;;;***
3764 \f
3765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21291
3766 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
3767 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3768 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3769 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3770 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3771 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3772 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3776 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3777
3778 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3779
3780
3781 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3782 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3783 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3784
3785 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3786 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3787 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3788 the users will view as each check is completed.
3789
3790 \(fn)" t nil)
3791
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3793 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3794 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3795 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3796 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3797 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3798 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3799 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3800
3801 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3802
3803 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3804 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3805 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3806 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3807 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3808 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3809 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3810 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3811
3812 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3813
3814 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3815 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3816 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3817 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3818 spacing are all verified.
3819
3820 \(fn)" t nil)
3821
3822 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3823 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3824 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3825 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3826 otherwise stop after the first error.
3827
3828 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3829
3830 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3831 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3832 Only documentation strings are checked.
3833 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3834 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3835 a separate buffer.
3836
3837 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3838
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3840 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3841 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3842 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3843 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3844
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3846
3847 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3848 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3849 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3850 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3851 if there is one.
3852
3853 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3854
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3856 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3857 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3858 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3859 if there is one.
3860 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3861
3862 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3863
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3865 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3866 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3867
3868 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3869
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3871 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3872 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3873 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3874 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3875
3876 \(fn)" t nil)
3877
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3879 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3880 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3881 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3882 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3883 space at the end of each line.
3884
3885 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3886
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3888 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3889 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3890 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3891
3892 \(fn)" t nil)
3893
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3896 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3897 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3898
3899 \(fn)" t nil)
3900
3901 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3902 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3903 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3904 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3905
3906 \(fn)" t nil)
3907
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3910 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3911 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3912
3913 \(fn)" t nil)
3914
3915 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3916 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3917 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3918 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3919
3920 \(fn)" t nil)
3921
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3923 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3924 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3925 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3926
3927 \(fn)" t nil)
3928
3929 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3930 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3931 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3932 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3933
3934 \(fn)" t nil)
3935
3936 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3937 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3938 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3939 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3940
3941 \(fn)" t nil)
3942
3943 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3944 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3945 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3946 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3947
3948 \(fn)" t nil)
3949
3950 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3951 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3953 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3954 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3955
3956 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3957 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3958 checking of documentation strings.
3959
3960 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3961
3962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3963
3964 ;;;***
3965 \f
3966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21291
3967 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
3968 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3969
3970 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3971 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3972 Return the length of resulting text.
3973
3974 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3975
3976 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3977 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3978
3979 \(fn)" t nil)
3980
3981 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3982 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3983 Return the length of resulting text.
3984
3985 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3986
3987 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3988 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3989
3990 \(fn)" t nil)
3991
3992 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3993
3994
3995 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3996
3997 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3998
3999
4000 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4001
4002 ;;;***
4003 \f
4004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21291 9464 291241
4005 ;;;;;; 0))
4006 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4007
4008 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4009 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4010 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4011 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4012 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4013 editing and the result is evaluated.
4014
4015 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4016
4017 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4018 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4019 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4020 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4021 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4022
4023 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4024
4025 \(fn)" t nil)
4026
4027 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4028 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4029 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4030 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4031 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4032
4033 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4034 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4035 \\{command-history-map}
4036
4037 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4038 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4039
4040 \(fn)" t nil)
4041
4042 ;;;***
4043 \f
4044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21291
4045 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
4046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4047
4048 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4049 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4050 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4051 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4052 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4053 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4054 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4055 of this function.
4056
4057 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4058 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4059 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4060 property are:
4061
4062 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4063 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4064
4065 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4066 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4067 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4068 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4069 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4070 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4071 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4072 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4073 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4074 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4075 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4076 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4077
4078 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4079 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4080 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4081
4082 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4083 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4084 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4085 list elements are:
4086
4087 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4088
4089 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4090
4091 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4092
4093 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4094 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4095
4096 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4097 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4098
4099 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4100 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4101 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4102 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4103 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4104 value specified by their associated list element.
4105
4106 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4107
4108 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4109 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4110 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4111
4112 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4113 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4114 * indent the first argument by 4.
4115 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4116 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4117 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4118
4119 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4120
4121 ;;;***
4122 \f
4123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21291 9464
4124 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
4125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4126 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4127
4128 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4129
4130 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4131 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4132 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4133 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4134 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4135 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4136
4137 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4138 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4139
4140 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4141
4142 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4143
4144 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4145
4146 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4147
4148 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4149
4150 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4151
4152 ;;;***
4153 \f
4154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21291 9464
4155 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4157
4158 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4159 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4160 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4161 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4162
4163 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4164 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4165 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4166 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4167
4168 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4169 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4170
4171 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4172
4173 ;;;***
4174 \f
4175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21291 9464 291241
4176 ;;;;;; 0))
4177 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4178
4179 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4180 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4181 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4182 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4183 of `scheme-program-name').
4184 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4185 it is given as initial input.
4186 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4187 discards input when it starts up.
4188 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4189 is run).
4190 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4191
4192 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4193
4194 ;;;***
4195 \f
4196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
4197 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4198
4199 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4200 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4201 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4202 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4203
4204 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4205 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4206
4207 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4208 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4209 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4210
4211 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4212
4213 ;;;***
4214 \f
4215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21335 41274 440541 0))
4216 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4217
4218 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4219 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4220 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4221 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4222 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4223 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4224 functions have already modified the buffer.
4225
4226 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4227
4228 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4229 either globally or locally.")
4230
4231 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4232 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4233 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4234 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4235
4236 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4237 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4238 `start-file-process'
4239 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4240 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4241 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4242
4243 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4244 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4245
4246 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4247
4248 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4249
4250 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4251
4252 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4253 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4254 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4255 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4256 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4257 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4258 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4259 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4260 process as its initial input.
4261
4262 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4263
4264 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4265
4266 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4267
4268 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4269 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4270 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4271 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4272 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4273 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4274
4275 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4276
4277 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4278 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4279 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4280 directory tracking functions.")
4281
4282 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4283 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4284 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4285
4286 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4287
4288 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4289
4290 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4291 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4292 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4293
4294 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4295
4296 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4297
4298 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4299 Send COMMAND to current process.
4300 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4301 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4302
4303 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4304
4305 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4306 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4307 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4308 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4309
4310 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4311
4312 ;;;***
4313 \f
4314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21291 9464 291241
4315 ;;;;;; 0))
4316 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4317
4318 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4319 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4320 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4321 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4322
4323 This command pushes the mark in each window
4324 at the prior location of point in that window.
4325 If both windows display the same buffer,
4326 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4327 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4328
4329 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4330 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4331 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4332 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4333 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4334 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4335 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4336 ignored.
4337
4338 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4339 this command work in interlaced mode:
4340 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4341 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4342 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4343
4344 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4345
4346 ;;;***
4347 \f
4348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21291 9464
4349 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
4350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4351
4352 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4353 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4354
4355 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4356
4357 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4358 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4359 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4360
4361 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4362
4363 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4364 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4365 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4366
4367 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4368
4369 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4370 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4371 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4372 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4373 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4374
4375 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4376 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4377 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4378 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4379 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4380
4381 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4382 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4383 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4384 describing how the process finished.")
4385
4386 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4387 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4388 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4389 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4390 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4391
4392 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4393 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4394 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4395
4396 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4397
4398 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4399 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4400 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4401 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4402
4403 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4404
4405 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4406 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4407
4408 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4409 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4410
4411 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4412 (lambda ()
4413 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4414 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4415 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4416 (concat \"make -k \"
4417 (if buffer-file-name
4418 (shell-quote-argument
4419 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4420
4421 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4422 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4423
4424 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4425 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4426 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4427 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4428
4429 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4430
4431 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4432 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4433 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4434 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4435
4436 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4437 and move to the source code that caused it.
4438
4439 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4440 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4441
4442 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4443 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4444 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4445 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4446 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4447
4448 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4449 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4450 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4451 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4452
4453 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4454 kills its subprocesses.
4455
4456 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4457 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4458 to a function that generates a unique name.
4459
4460 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4461
4462 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4463 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4464 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4465 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4466
4467 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4468 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4469
4470 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4471 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4472 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4473 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4474
4475 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4476 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4477 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4478
4479 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4480
4481 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4482
4483 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4484 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4485 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4486 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4487 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4488
4489 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4490
4491 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4492
4493 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4494
4495 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4496
4497 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4498 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4499 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4500 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4501 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4502
4503 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4504 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4505 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4506 See `compilation-mode'.
4507
4508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4509
4510 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4511 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4513 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4514 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4515
4516 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4517 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4518 `compilation-mode'.
4519
4520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4521
4522 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4523 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4524 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4525
4526 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4527
4528 ;;;***
4529 \f
4530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21291 9464 291241
4531 ;;;;;; 0))
4532 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4533
4534 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4535 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4536 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4539 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4540
4541 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4542
4543 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4544 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4545 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4546 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4547 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4548
4549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4550
4551 ;;;***
4552 \f
4553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21291
4554 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
4555 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4556
4557 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4558 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4559 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4560 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4561 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4562 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4563 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4564
4565 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4566 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4567 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4568
4569 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4570 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4571 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4572
4573 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4574 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4575 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4576 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4577
4578 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4579 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4580 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4581 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4582 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4583 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4584 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4585
4586 \\{conf-mode-map}
4587
4588 \(fn)" t nil)
4589
4590 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4591 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4592 Comments start with `#'.
4593 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4594
4595 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4596
4597 \[Desktop Entry]
4598 Encoding=UTF-8
4599 Name=The GIMP
4600 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4601 Name[cs]=GIMP
4602
4603 \(fn)" t nil)
4604
4605 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4606 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4607 Comments start with `;'.
4608 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4609
4610 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4611
4612 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4613 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4614 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4615
4616 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4617 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4618
4619 \(fn)" t nil)
4620
4621 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4622 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4623 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4624 between `/*' and `*/'.
4625 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4626
4627 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4628 // another kind of comment
4629 /* yet another */
4630
4631 name:value
4632 name=value
4633 name value
4634 x.1 =
4635 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4636 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4637
4638 \(fn)" t nil)
4639
4640 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4641 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4642 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4643 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4644 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4645 `conf-space-keywords'.
4646 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4647 in an interactive fashion instead.
4648
4649 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4650
4651 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4652
4653 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4654 image/png png
4655 image/tiff tiff tif
4656
4657 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4658 class desktop
4659 # Standard multimedia devices
4660 add /dev/audio desktop
4661 add /dev/mixer desktop
4662
4663 \(fn)" t nil)
4664
4665 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4666 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4667 See `conf-space-mode'.
4668
4669 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4670
4671 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4672 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4673 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4674 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4675
4676 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4677
4678 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4679 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4680
4681 \(fn)" t nil)
4682
4683 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4684 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4685 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4686 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4687
4688 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4689
4690 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4691 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4692
4693 \(fn)" t nil)
4694
4695 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4696 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4697 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4698 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4699
4700 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4701
4702 *background: gray99
4703 *foreground: black
4704
4705 \(fn)" t nil)
4706
4707 ;;;***
4708 \f
4709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21291 9464 291241
4710 ;;;;;; 0))
4711 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4712
4713 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4714 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4715 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4716 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4717 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4718 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4719
4720 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4721
4722 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4723 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4724 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4725 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4726
4727 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4728
4729 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4730 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4731 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4732 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4733
4734 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4735
4736 ;;;***
4737 \f
4738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21291
4739 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
4740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4741 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4742 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4743 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4744
4745 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4746 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4747 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4748 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4749 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4750 following the copyright are updated as well.
4751 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4752 interactively.
4753
4754 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4755
4756 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4757 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4758 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4759 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4760 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4761
4762 \(fn)" t nil)
4763
4764 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4765 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4766
4767 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4768
4769 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4770 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4771 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4772
4773 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4774
4775 ;;;***
4776 \f
4777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21291
4778 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
4779 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4780 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4781 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4782 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4783 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4784 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4785 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4786 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4787
4788 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4789 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4790 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4791 Tab indents for Perl code.
4792 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4793 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4794
4795 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4796 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4797 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4798 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4799 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4800 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4801 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4802 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4803 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4804 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4805 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4806 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4807
4808 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4809
4810 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4811 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4812
4813 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4814
4815 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4816 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4817 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4818 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4819 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4820 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4821 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4822 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4823 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4824
4825 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4826
4827 bite if angry;
4828
4829 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4830 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4831 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4832 to nil.)
4833
4834 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4835 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4836 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4837
4838 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4839
4840 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4841 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4842 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4843 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4844 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4845
4846 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4847
4848 if (A) { B }
4849
4850 into
4851
4852 B if A;
4853
4854 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4855
4856 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4857 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4858 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4859 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4860 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4861 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4862 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4863 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4864 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4865 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4866 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4867 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4868 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4869
4870 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4871 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4872 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4873 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4874 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4875 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4876
4877 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4878 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4879 man via menu.
4880
4881 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4882 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4883 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4884 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4885 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4886
4887 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4888 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4889 span the needed amount of lines.
4890
4891 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4892 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4893 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4894 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4895
4896 Variables controlling indentation style:
4897 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4898 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4899 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4900 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4901 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4902 `cperl-auto-newline'
4903 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4904 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4905 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4906 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4907 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4908 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4909 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4910 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4911 `cperl-indent-level'
4912 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4913 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4914 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4915 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4916 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4917 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4918 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4919 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4920 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4921 `cperl-brace-offset'
4922 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4923 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4924 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4925 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4926 `cperl-label-offset'
4927 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4928 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4929 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4930
4931 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4932 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4933 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4934 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4935 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4936 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4937
4938 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4939 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4940 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4941 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4942
4943 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4944 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4945 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4946 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4947 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4948 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4949 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4950
4951 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4952 column 0 is indented on
4953 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4954
4955 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4956 with no args.
4957
4958 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4959 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4960 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4961
4962 \(fn)" t nil)
4963
4964 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4965 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4966
4967 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4968
4969 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4970 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4971
4972 \(fn)" t nil)
4973
4974 ;;;***
4975 \f
4976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21291 9464 291241
4977 ;;;;;; 0))
4978 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4979
4980 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4981 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4982 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4983 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4984 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4985
4986 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4987
4988 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4989 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4990
4991 \(fn)" t nil)
4992
4993 ;;;***
4994 \f
4995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21291 9464 291241
4996 ;;;;;; 0))
4997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4998
4999 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5000 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5001 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5002 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5003
5004 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5005 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5006
5007 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5008
5009 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5010 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5011 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5012 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5013 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5014
5015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5016
5017 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5018
5019 ;;;***
5020 \f
5021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21291 9464 291241
5022 ;;;;;; 0))
5023 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5024
5025 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5026 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5027 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5028 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5029 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5030 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5031 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5032 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5033
5034 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5035 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5036
5037 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5038 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5039 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5040
5041 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5042 with empty strings removed.
5043
5044 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5045
5046 ;;;***
5047 \f
5048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21291 9464
5049 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
5050 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5051
5052 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5053 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5054
5055 \(fn)" t nil)
5056
5057 ;;;***
5058 \f
5059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21291 9464
5060 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
5061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5062
5063 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5064 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5065 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5066 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5067 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5068 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5069
5070 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5071
5072 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5073 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5074 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5075 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5076 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5077
5078 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5079 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5080 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5081 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5082 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5083 normal function of these prefix keys.
5084
5085 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5086 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5087 options:
5088 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5089 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5090 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5091
5092 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5093 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5094 the prefix fallback behavior.
5095
5096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5097
5098 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5099 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5100
5101 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5102
5103 ;;;***
5104 \f
5105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21291 9464
5106 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
5107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5108
5109 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5110 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5111 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5112
5113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5114
5115 ;;;***
5116 \f
5117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21291 9464 291241
5118 ;;;;;; 0))
5119 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5120
5121 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5122 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5123
5124 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5125
5126 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5127 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5128
5129 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5130
5131 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5132 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5133
5134 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5135
5136 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5137 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5138
5139 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5140 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5141
5142 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5143 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5144
5145 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5146
5147 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5148
5149 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5150 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5151 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5152
5153 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5154 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5155
5156 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5157 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5158
5159 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5160 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5161
5162 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5163
5164 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5165
5166 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5167 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5168 Return VALUE.
5169
5170 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5171 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5172
5173 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5174 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5175
5176 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5177 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5178
5179 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5180
5181 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5182
5183 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5184 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5185 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5186 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5187
5188 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5189 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5190 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5191
5192 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5193
5194 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5195 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5196 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5197 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5198 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5199
5200 \(fn)" t nil)
5201
5202 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5203 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5204 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5205 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5206
5207 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5208
5209 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5210 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5211 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5212
5213 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5214
5215 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5216 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5217
5218 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5219
5220 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5221
5222 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5223 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5224
5225 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5226
5227 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5228
5229 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5230 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5231 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5232
5233 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5234
5235 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5236 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5237 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5238 as part of Emacs itself.
5239
5240 Each elements looks like this:
5241
5242 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5243
5244 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5245 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5246 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5247 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5248 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5249 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5250 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5251 and `defface'.
5252
5253 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5254
5255 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5256 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5257 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5258 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5259 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5260
5261 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5262 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5263 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5264 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5265
5266 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5267
5268 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5269 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5270 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5271 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5272 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5273 release.
5274
5275 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5276 that were added or redefined since that version.
5277
5278 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5279
5280 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5281 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5282 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5283 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5284
5285 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5286
5287 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5288 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5289
5290 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5291
5292 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5293 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5294 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5295
5296 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5297 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5298
5299 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5300
5301 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5303
5304 \(fn)" t nil)
5305
5306 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5307 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5308
5309 \(fn)" t nil)
5310
5311 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5312 Customize all saved options and faces.
5313
5314 \(fn)" t nil)
5315
5316 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5318 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5319 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5320 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5321 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5322
5323 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5324 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5325 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5326
5327 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5328
5329 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5330 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5331
5332 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5333
5334 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5335 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5336
5337 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5338
5339 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5340 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5341
5342 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5343
5344 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5345 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5346 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5347 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5348 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5349 that option.
5350 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5351
5352 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5353
5354 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5355 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5356 The result includes selecting that window.
5357 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5358 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5359 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5360 that option.
5361
5362 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5363
5364 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5365 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5366
5367 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5368
5369 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5370 File used for storing customization information.
5371 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5372 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5373 it should be an absolute file name.
5374
5375 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5376 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5377 something like the following in your init file:
5378
5379 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5380 \(load custom-file)
5381
5382 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5383 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5384
5385 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5386 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5387 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5388 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5389 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5390
5391 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5392 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5393 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5394 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5395 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5396 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5397 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5398 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5399 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5400 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5401
5402 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5403
5404 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5405 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5406
5407 \(fn)" nil nil)
5408
5409 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5410 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5411
5412 \(fn)" t nil)
5413
5414 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5415 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5416 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5417
5418 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5419
5420 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5421 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5422 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5423 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5424 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5425
5426 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5427
5428 ;;;***
5429 \f
5430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21291 9464 291241
5431 ;;;;;; 0))
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5433
5434 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5435 Create or edit a custom theme.
5436 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5437 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5438 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5439 from the Custom save file.
5440 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5441 named *Custom Theme*.
5442
5443 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5444
5445 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5446 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5447
5448 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5449
5450 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5451 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5452
5453 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5454
5455 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5456 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5457 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5458 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5459
5460 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5461
5462 ;;;***
5463 \f
5464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21291 9464
5465 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
5466 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5467
5468 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5469 Mode used for cvs status output.
5470
5471 \(fn)" t nil)
5472
5473 ;;;***
5474 \f
5475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21291 9464 291241
5476 ;;;;;; 0))
5477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5478 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5479
5480 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5481 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5482
5483 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5484
5485 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5486 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5487 C++ modes are included.
5488
5489 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5490 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5491 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5492
5493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5494
5495 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5496
5497 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5498 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5499 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5500 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5501 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5502 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5503
5504 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5505
5506 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5507 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5508 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5509 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5510 ARG is omitted or nil.
5511
5512 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5513 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5514 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5515
5516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5517
5518 ;;;***
5519 \f
5520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21291
5521 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
5522 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5523
5524 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5525 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5526
5527 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5528
5529 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5530 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5531
5532 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5533
5534 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5535 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5536 For readability, the table is slightly
5537 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5538
5539 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5540 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5541 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5542 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5543 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5544
5545 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5546
5547 ;;;***
5548 \f
5549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
5550 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5551 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5552 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5553 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5554 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5555
5556 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5557 Completion on current word.
5558 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5559 and presents suggestions for completion.
5560
5561 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5562 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5563 completions.
5564
5565 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5566 then it searches *all* buffers.
5567
5568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5569
5570 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5571 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5572
5573 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5574 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5575 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5576 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5577 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5578
5579 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5580 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5581
5582 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5583 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5584 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5585
5586 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5587 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5588
5589 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5590
5591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5592
5593 ;;;***
5594 \f
5595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21291 9464
5596 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
5597 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5598
5599 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5600 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5601
5602 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5603
5604 ;;;***
5605 \f
5606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
5607 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5608
5609 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5610 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5611 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5612 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5613 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5614
5615 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5616
5617 ;;;***
5618 \f
5619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21291 9464
5620 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5622
5623 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5624 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5625
5626 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5627 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5628 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5629
5630 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5631 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5632 Data lines are not indented.
5633
5634 Key bindings:
5635
5636 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5637 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5638
5639 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5640 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5641 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5642 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5643
5644 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5645
5646 dcl-basic-offset
5647 Extra indentation within blocks.
5648
5649 dcl-continuation-offset
5650 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5651
5652 dcl-margin-offset
5653 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5654
5655 dcl-margin-label-offset
5656 Indentation for a label.
5657
5658 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5659 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5660
5661 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5662 dcl-block-end-regexp
5663 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5664 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5665 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5666 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5667 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5668
5669 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5670 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5671 Two such functions are included in the package:
5672 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5673 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5674
5675 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5676 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5677 One such function is included in the package:
5678 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5679
5680 dcl-tab-always-indent
5681 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5682 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5683 margin.
5684
5685 dcl-electric-characters
5686 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5687 typed.
5688
5689 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5690 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5691 which words trigger electric indentation.
5692
5693 dcl-tempo-comma
5694 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5695 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5696 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5697
5698 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5699 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5700 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5701 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5702
5703 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5704 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5705 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5706 dcl-imenu-label-call
5707 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5708
5709 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5710 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5711 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5712 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5713
5714
5715 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5716
5717 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5718 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5719 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5720 $ i = 1
5721 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5722 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5723 $ label:
5724 $ if i.eq.1
5725 $ then
5726 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5727 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5728 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5729 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5730 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5731 \"lined up with the command line\"
5732 $ type sys$input
5733 Data lines are not indented at all.
5734 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5735 $ endif
5736 $
5737
5738
5739 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5740 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5741
5742 \(fn)" t nil)
5743
5744 ;;;***
5745 \f
5746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21291 9464 291241
5747 ;;;;;; 0))
5748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5749
5750 (setq debugger 'debug)
5751
5752 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5753 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5754 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5755 of the evaluator.
5756
5757 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5758 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5759 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5760
5761 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5762
5763 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5764 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5765
5766 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5767
5768 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5769 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5770 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5771 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5772 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5773 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5774
5775 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5776 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5777
5778 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5779
5780 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5781 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5782 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5783 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5784 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5785
5786 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5787
5788 ;;;***
5789 \f
5790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21291 9464 291241
5791 ;;;;;; 0))
5792 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5793
5794 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5795 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5796
5797 \(fn)" t nil)
5798
5799 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5800 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5801 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5802 Upper-case letters are commands.
5803
5804 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5805 modify it.
5806
5807 The most useful commands are:
5808 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5809 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5810 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5811 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5812 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5813 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5814
5815 \(fn)" t nil)
5816
5817 ;;;***
5818 \f
5819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21291 9464 291241
5820 ;;;;;; 0))
5821 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5822 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5823
5824 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5825 Customization of `columns' group.
5826
5827 \(fn)" t nil)
5828
5829 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5830 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5831
5832 START and END delimits the text region.
5833
5834 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5835
5836 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5837 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5838
5839 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5840
5841 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5842
5843 ;;;***
5844 \f
5845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
5846 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5847
5848 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5849
5850 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5851 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5852 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5854 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5855 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5856
5857 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5858
5859 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5860 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5861 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5862 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5863 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5864
5865 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5866 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5867 point regardless of any selection.
5868
5869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5870
5871 ;;;***
5872 \f
5873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21291 9464
5874 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
5875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5876
5877 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5878 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5879
5880 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5881
5882 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5883 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5884 or nil if there is no parent.
5885 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5886 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5887 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5888 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5889 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5890
5891 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5892 arguments are currently understood:
5893 :group GROUP
5894 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5895 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5896 :syntax-table TABLE
5897 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5898 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5899 :abbrev-table TABLE
5900 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5901 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5902
5903 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5904
5905 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5906
5907 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5908 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5909 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5910
5911 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5912 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5913
5914 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5915 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5916 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5917
5918 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5919 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5920
5921 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5922 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5923
5924 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5925
5926 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5927
5928 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5929
5930 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5931 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5932 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5933 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5934 the first time the mode is used.
5935
5936 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5937
5938 ;;;***
5939 \f
5940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21291 9464 291241
5941 ;;;;;; 0))
5942 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5943
5944 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5945 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5946 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5947 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5948 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5949 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5950 otherwise.
5951
5952 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5953
5954 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5955 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5956 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5957 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5958
5959 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5960 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5961 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5962
5963 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5964 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5965 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5966 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5967 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5968 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5969 relevant to POS.
5970
5971 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5972
5973 ;;;***
5974 \f
5975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21340 59193 235574
5976 ;;;;;; 0))
5977 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5978
5979 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5980 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5981 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5982 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5983 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5984 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5985
5986 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5987
5988 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5989 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5990 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5991 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5992 is omitted or nil.
5993
5994 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5995 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5996 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5997 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5998
5999 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6000 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6001
6002 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6003 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6004
6005 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6006
6007 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6008
6009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6010
6011 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6012 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6013 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6014 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6015
6016 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6017
6018 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6019 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6020
6021 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6022 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6023 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6024
6025 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6026 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6027
6028 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6029 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6030 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6031
6032 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6033 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6034 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6035 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6036
6037 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6038
6039 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6040 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6041
6042 Handlers are called with argument list
6043
6044 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6045
6046 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6047
6048 `desktop-file-version'
6049 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6050 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6051 `desktop-buffer-point'
6052 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6053 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6054 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6055
6056 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6057 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6058
6059 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6060 code like
6061
6062 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6063 ...
6064 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6065 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6066
6067 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6068
6069 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6070
6071 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6072 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6073 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6074 List elements must have the form
6075
6076 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6077
6078 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6079 function.
6080
6081 Handlers are called with argument list
6082
6083 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6084
6085 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6086
6087 `desktop-file-version'
6088 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6089 `desktop-buffer-name'
6090 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6091 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6092 `desktop-buffer-point'
6093 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6094 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6095 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6096
6097 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6098 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6099 created and set.
6100
6101 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6102 code like
6103
6104 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6105 ...
6106 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6107 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6108
6109 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6110
6111 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6112
6113 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6114
6115 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6116 Empty the Desktop.
6117 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6118 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6119 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6120 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6121 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6122 if different).
6123
6124 \(fn)" t nil)
6125
6126 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6127 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6128 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6129 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6130 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6131 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6132
6133 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6134
6135 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6136 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6137 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6138
6139 \(fn)" t nil)
6140
6141 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6142 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6143 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6144 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6145 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6146 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6147 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6148 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6149
6150 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6151
6152 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6153 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6154 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6155
6156 \(fn)" nil nil)
6157
6158 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6159
6160 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6161 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6162 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6163 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6164 directory DIRNAME.
6165
6166 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6167
6168 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6169 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6170
6171 \(fn)" t nil)
6172
6173 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6174 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6175
6176 \(fn)" t nil)
6177
6178 ;;;***
6179 \f
6180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21291 9464 291241
6181 ;;;;;; 0))
6182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6183
6184 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6185 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6186 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6187 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6188 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6189 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6190
6191 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6192
6193 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6194 Repair a broken attribution line.
6195 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6196
6197 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6198
6199 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6200 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6201 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6202 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6203
6204 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6205
6206 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6207 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6208
6209 \(fn)" t nil)
6210
6211 ;;;***
6212 \f
6213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21291
6214 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
6215 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6216
6217 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6218 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6219 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6220 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6221 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6222
6223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6224
6225 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6226 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6227 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6228 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6229
6230 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6231 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6232 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6233 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6234
6235 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6236 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6237
6238 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6239 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6240 calendar-date-style 'european
6241 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6242
6243 \(diary-mail-entries)
6244
6245 # diary-rem.el ends here
6246
6247 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6248
6249 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6250 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6251
6252 \(fn)" t nil)
6253
6254 ;;;***
6255 \f
6256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
6257 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6258
6259 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6260 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6261
6262 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6263
6264 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6265 The command to use to run diff.")
6266
6267 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6268
6269 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6270 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6271 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6272 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6273 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6274 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6275
6276 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6277 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6278 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6279
6280 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6281
6282 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6283 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6284 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6285 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6286 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6287 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6288
6289 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6290
6291 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6292 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6293
6294 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6295
6296 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6297 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6298 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6299
6300 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6301
6302 ;;;***
6303 \f
6304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21291 9464 291241
6305 ;;;;;; 0))
6306 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6307
6308 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6309 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6310 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6311 normal diffs.
6312
6313 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6314 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6315 headers for you on-the-fly.
6316
6317 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6318 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6319 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6320
6321 \\{diff-mode-map}
6322
6323 \(fn)" t nil)
6324
6325 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6326 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6327 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6328 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6329 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6330
6331 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6332
6333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6334
6335 ;;;***
6336 \f
6337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
6338 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6339
6340 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6341 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6342 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6343
6344 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6345
6346 ;;;***
6347 \f
6348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21346 11577 511879 0))
6349 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6350
6351 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6352 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6353 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6354 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6355 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6356 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6357 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6358 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6359
6360 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6361
6362 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6363 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6364 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6365 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6366 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6367 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6368
6369 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6370 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6371 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6372 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6373 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6374 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6375 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6376 list of files to make directory entries for.
6377 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6378 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6379 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6380
6381 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6382
6383 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6384 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6385
6386 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6387 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6388
6389 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6390 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6391
6392 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6393 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6394
6395 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6396
6397 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6398 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6399
6400 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6401
6402 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6403 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6404 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6405 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6406 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6407 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6408 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6409 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6410 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6411 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6412 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6413 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6414 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6415 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6416 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6417 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6418 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6419 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6420 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6421 to see why something went wrong.
6422 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6423 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6424 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6425 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6426 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6427 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6428 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6429 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6430 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6431 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6432 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6433 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6434 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6435
6436 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6437 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6438 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6439 again for the directory tree.
6440
6441 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6442 for more info):
6443
6444 `dired-listing-switches'
6445 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6446 `dired-marker-char'
6447 `dired-del-marker'
6448 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6449 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6450 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6451 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6452
6453 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6454
6455 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6456 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6457 `dired-mode-hook'
6458 `dired-load-hook'
6459
6460 Keybindings:
6461 \\{dired-mode-map}
6462
6463 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6464 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6465
6466 ;;;***
6467 \f
6468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21291 9464 291241
6469 ;;;;;; 0))
6470 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6471
6472 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6473 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6475 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6476 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6477
6478 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6479 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6480 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6481
6482 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6483 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6484 directory.
6485
6486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6487
6488 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6489 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6490 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6491 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6492 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6493 from `default-directory'.
6494
6495 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6496
6497 ;;;***
6498 \f
6499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21291 9464
6500 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
6501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6502
6503 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6504 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6505 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6506 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6507 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6508 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6509
6510 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6511
6512 ;;;***
6513 \f
6514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21291 9464 291241
6515 ;;;;;; 0))
6516 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6517
6518 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6519 Return a new, empty display table.
6520
6521 \(fn)" nil nil)
6522
6523 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6524 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6525 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6526 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6527 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6528
6529 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6530
6531 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6532 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6533 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6534 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6535 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6536
6537 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6538
6539 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6540 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6541
6542 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6543
6544 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6545 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6546
6547 \(fn)" t nil)
6548
6549 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6550 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6551
6552 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6553 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6554
6555 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6556 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6557 byte.
6558
6559 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6560 in the default way after this call.
6561
6562 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6563
6564 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6565 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6566
6567 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6568
6569 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6570 Display character C using printable string S.
6571
6572 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6573
6574 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6575 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6576 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6577 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6578
6579 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6580
6581 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6582 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6583 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6584 X frame.
6585
6586 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6587
6588 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6589 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6590
6591 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6592
6593 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6594 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6595
6596 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6597
6598 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6599 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6600
6601 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6602
6603 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6604 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6605
6606 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6607
6608 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6609 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6610
6611 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6612
6613 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6614 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6615
6616 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6617 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6618
6619 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6620 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6621
6622 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6623 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6624 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6625 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6626
6627 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6628 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6629 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6630 in `.emacs'.
6631
6632 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6633
6634 ;;;***
6635 \f
6636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21291 9464
6637 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
6638 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6639
6640 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6641 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6642 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6643 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6644 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6645 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6646 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6647 Default is 2.
6648
6649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6650
6651 ;;;***
6652 \f
6653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
6654 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6655
6656 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6657 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6658 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6659 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6660 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6661 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6662 private or ask).
6663 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6664 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6665 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6666 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6667 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6668
6669 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6670
6671 ;;;***
6672 \f
6673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21291 9464
6674 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
6675 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6676
6677 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6678 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6679 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6680 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6681 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6682 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6683 table and its own syntax table.
6684
6685 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6686
6687 \(fn)" t nil)
6688 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6689
6690 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6691 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6692
6693 \(fn)" t nil)
6694
6695 ;;;***
6696 \f
6697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21311 58933 456815
6698 ;;;;;; 0))
6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6700
6701 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6702 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6703 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6704 OpenDocument format).
6705
6706 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6707
6708 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6709 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6710
6711 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6712 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6713
6714 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6715 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6716 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6717
6718 \(fn)" t nil)
6719
6720 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6721 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6722 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6723 to the next best mode.
6724
6725 \(fn)" nil nil)
6726
6727 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6728 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6730 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6731 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6732
6733 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6734
6735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6736
6737 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6738
6739
6740 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6741
6742 ;;;***
6743 \f
6744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21291 9464 291241
6745 ;;;;;; 0))
6746 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6747
6748 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6749 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6750
6751 \(fn)" t nil)
6752
6753 ;;;***
6754 \f
6755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6757
6758 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6759 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6761 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6762 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6763
6764 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6765 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6766
6767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6768
6769 ;;;***
6770 \f
6771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21291 9464 291241
6772 ;;;;;; 0))
6773 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6774 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6775
6776 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6777 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6778
6779 \(fn)" t nil)
6780
6781 ;;;***
6782 \f
6783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21291
6784 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
6785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6786
6787 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6788
6789 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6790 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6791 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6792 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6793 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6794
6795 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6796 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6797 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6798 and disables it otherwise.
6799
6800 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6801 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6802 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6803 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6804
6805 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6806 documenting what its argument does.
6807
6808 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6809 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6810 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6811 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6812 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6813 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6814 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6815 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6816
6817 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6818 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6819 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6820 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6821 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6822 mode is global):
6823
6824 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6825 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6826 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6827 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6828 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6829 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6830 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6831 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6832 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6833 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6834 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6835 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6836 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6837 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6838 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6839 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6840 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6841 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6842 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6843 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6844 in :variable).
6845
6846 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6847 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6848
6849 For example, you could write
6850 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6851 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6852 ...BODY CODE...)
6853
6854 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6855
6856 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6857
6858 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6859
6860 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6861
6862 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6863 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6864 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6865 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6866 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6867 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6868 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6869 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6870 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6871 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6872 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6873 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6874
6875 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6876 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6877 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6878 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6879 call another major mode in their body.
6880
6881 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6882 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6883 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6884
6885 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6886
6887 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6888
6889 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6890 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6891 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6892 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6893 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6894 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6895 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6896
6897 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6898
6899 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6900 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6901 :inherit Parent keymap.
6902 :group Ignored.
6903 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6904 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6905
6906 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6907
6908 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6909 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6910 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6911 the constant's documentation.
6912
6913 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6914
6915 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6916 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6917 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6918
6919 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6920
6921 ;;;***
6922 \f
6923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21291
6924 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
6925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6926
6927 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6928 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6929 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6930 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6931
6932 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6933 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6934 as a top-level menu bar item.
6935
6936 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6937 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6938 pairs:
6939
6940 :filter FUNCTION
6941 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6942 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6943 items to actually display.
6944
6945 :visible INCLUDE
6946 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6947 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6948 alias for `:visible'.
6949
6950 :active ENABLE
6951 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6952 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6953 an alias for `:active'.
6954
6955 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6956 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6957
6958 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6959
6960 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6961
6962 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6963 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6964
6965 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6966 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6967
6968 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6969
6970 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6971
6972 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6973 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6974
6975 :keys KEYS
6976 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6977 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6978 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6979 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6980
6981 :key-sequence KEYS
6982 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6983 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6984 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6985 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6986
6987 :active ENABLE
6988 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6989 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6990 alias for `:active'.
6991
6992 :visible INCLUDE
6993 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6994 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6995 `:visible'.
6996
6997 :label FORM
6998 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6999 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7000
7001 :suffix FORM
7002 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7003 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7004
7005 :style STYLE
7006 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7007 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7008 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7009
7010 :selected SELECTED
7011 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7012 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7013
7014 :help HELP
7015 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7016
7017 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7018 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7019 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7020
7021 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7022 MENU. This is a submenu.
7023
7024 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7025
7026 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7027
7028 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7029
7030
7031 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7032
7033 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7034 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7035 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7036 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7037
7038 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7039
7040 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7041 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7042 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7043 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7044 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7045 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7046
7047 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7048 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7049 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7050
7051 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7052 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7053 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7054
7055 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7056 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7057
7058 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7059
7060 ;;;***
7061 \f
7062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21291 9464
7063 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
7064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7065 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7066
7067 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7068 Customization for ebnf group.
7069
7070 \(fn)" t nil)
7071
7072 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7073 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7074
7075 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7076
7077 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7078 processed.
7079
7080 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7081
7082 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7083
7084 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7085 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7086
7087 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7088 killed after process termination.
7089
7090 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7091
7092 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7093
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7096
7097 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7098 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7099 it to the printer.
7100
7101 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7102 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7103 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7104 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7105
7106 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7107
7108 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7109 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7110 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7111
7112 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7113
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7116
7117 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7118
7119 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7120 processed.
7121
7122 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7123
7124 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7125
7126 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7127 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7128
7129 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7130 killed after process termination.
7131
7132 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7133
7134 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7135
7136 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7137 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7138 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7139 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7140
7141 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7142
7143 \(fn)" t nil)
7144
7145 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7146 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7147 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7148
7149 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7150
7151 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7154 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7155
7156 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7157
7158 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7159 processed.
7160
7161 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7162
7163 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7164
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7167
7168 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7169 killed after EPS generation.
7170
7171 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7172
7173 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7174
7175 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7176 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7177
7178 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7179 The EPS file name has the following form:
7180
7181 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7182
7183 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7184 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7185
7186 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7187 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7188 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7189 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7190 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7191
7192 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7193 files.
7194
7195 \(fn)" t nil)
7196
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7199
7200 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7201 The EPS file name has the following form:
7202
7203 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7204
7205 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7206 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7207
7208 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7209 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7210 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7211 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7212 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7213
7214 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7215 files.
7216
7217 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7218
7219 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7220
7221 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7222 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7223
7224 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7225
7226 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7227 are processed.
7228
7229 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7230
7231 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7232
7233 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7234 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7235
7236 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7237 killed after syntax checking.
7238
7239 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7240
7241 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7242
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7245
7246 \(fn)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7250
7251 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7252
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7255
7256 \(fn)" nil nil)
7257
7258 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7259 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7260
7261 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7262
7263 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7264
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7267
7268 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7269
7270 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7271
7272 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7273 Delete style NAME.
7274
7275 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7276
7277 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7278
7279 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7280 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7281
7282 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7283
7284 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7285
7286 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7287 Set STYLE as the current style.
7288
7289 Returns the old style symbol.
7290
7291 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7292
7293 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7294
7295 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7296 Reset current style.
7297
7298 Returns the old style symbol.
7299
7300 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7301
7302 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7303
7304 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7305 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7306
7307 Returns the old style symbol.
7308
7309 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7310
7311 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7312
7313 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7314
7315 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7317
7318 Returns the old style symbol.
7319
7320 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7321
7322 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7323
7324 \(fn)" t nil)
7325
7326 ;;;***
7327 \f
7328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21291 9464
7329 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
7330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7331
7332 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7333 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7334 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7335 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7336 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7337 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7338
7339 Tree mode key bindings:
7340 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7341
7342 \(fn)" t nil)
7343
7344 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7345 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7346
7347 \(fn)" t nil)
7348
7349 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7350 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7351
7352 \(fn)" t nil)
7353
7354 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7355 View declaration of member at point.
7356
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7358
7359 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7360 Find declaration of member at point.
7361
7362 \(fn)" t nil)
7363
7364 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7365 View definition of member at point.
7366
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7368
7369 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7370 Find definition of member at point.
7371
7372 \(fn)" t nil)
7373
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7375 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7376
7377 \(fn)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7380 View definition of member at point in other window.
7381
7382 \(fn)" t nil)
7383
7384 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7385 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7386
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7388
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7390 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7391
7392 \(fn)" t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7395 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7396
7397 \(fn)" t nil)
7398
7399 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7400 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7401
7402 \(fn)" t nil)
7403
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7405 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7406 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7407 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7408 completion.
7409
7410 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7413 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7414 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7415 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7416
7417 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7418
7419 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7420 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7421 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7422 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7423
7424 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7427 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7428 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7429
7430 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7433 Search for call sites of a member.
7434 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7435 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7436 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7437 looks like a function call to the member.
7438
7439 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7440
7441 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7442 Move backward in the position stack.
7443 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7444
7445 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7446
7447 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7448 Move forward in the position stack.
7449 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7450
7451 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7452
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7454 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7455
7456 \(fn)" t nil)
7457
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7459 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7460
7461 \(fn)" t nil)
7462
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7464 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7465 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7466 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7467
7468 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7469
7470 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7471 Display statistics for a class tree.
7472
7473 \(fn)" t nil)
7474
7475 ;;;***
7476 \f
7477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21291 9464 291241
7478 ;;;;;; 0))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7480
7481 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7482 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7483 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7484 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7485 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7486 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7487 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7488
7489 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7490
7491 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7492 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7493 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7494 also has this effect.
7495 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7496 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7497 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7498 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7499 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7500 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7501 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7502 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7503 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7504 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7505
7506 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7507
7508 ;;;***
7509 \f
7510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21291 9464 291241
7511 ;;;;;; 0))
7512 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7513
7514 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7515 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7516 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7517
7518 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7519
7520 ;;;***
7521 \f
7522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21291 9464
7523 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
7524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7525
7526 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7527
7528
7529 \(fn)" nil nil)
7530
7531 ;;;***
7532 \f
7533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7535 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7536
7537 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7538 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7539 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7542 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7543
7544 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7545
7546 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7547 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7551
7552 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7553 an EDE controlled project.
7554
7555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7556
7557 ;;;***
7558 \f
7559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21291 9464
7560 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
7561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7562
7563 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7564 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7565 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7566 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7567 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7568
7569 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7570 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7571 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7572 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7573
7574 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7575
7576 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7577 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7578 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7579 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7580
7581 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7582
7583 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7584 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7585 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7586 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7587
7588 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7589
7590 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7591
7592 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7593 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7594 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7595 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7596 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7597
7598 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7599 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7600 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7601 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7602 instrumented for Edebug.
7603
7604 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7605 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7606 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7607 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7608 already is one.)
7609
7610 \(fn)" t nil)
7611
7612 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7613 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7614
7615 \(fn)" t nil)
7616
7617 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7618 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7619
7620 \(fn)" t nil)
7621
7622 ;;;***
7623 \f
7624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21307 61883 88841 0))
7625 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7626 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7627
7628 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7629 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7630
7631 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7632
7633 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7634 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7635
7636 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7637
7638 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7639
7640 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7641
7642 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7643 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7644 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7645 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7646
7647 \(fn)" t nil)
7648
7649 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7650 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7651 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7652 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7653
7654 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7655
7656 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7657 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7658
7659 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7660
7661 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7662
7663 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7664 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7665
7666 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7667
7668 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7669
7670 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7671 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7672 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7673 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7674
7675 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7676
7677 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7678
7679 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7680 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7681 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7682 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7683
7684 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7685
7686 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7687
7688 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7689 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7690 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7691 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7692
7693 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7694
7695 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7696
7697 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7698 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7699 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7700 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7701
7702 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7703
7704 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7705
7706 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7707 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7708 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7709 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7710 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7711 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7712
7713 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7714
7715 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7716 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7717 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7718 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7719
7720 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7721
7722 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7723
7724 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7725 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7726 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7727 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7728
7729 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7730
7731 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7732
7733 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7734
7735 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7736 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7737 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7738 follows:
7739 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7740 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7741
7742 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7743
7744 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7745 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7746 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7747 follows:
7748 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7749 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7750
7751 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7752
7753 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7754 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7755 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7756 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7757 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7758
7759 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7760
7761 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7762 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7763 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7764 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7765 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7766 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7767
7768 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7769
7770 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7771
7772 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7773 Merge two files without ancestor.
7774
7775 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7776
7777 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7778 Merge two files with ancestor.
7779
7780 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7781
7782 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7783
7784 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7785 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7786
7787 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7788
7789 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7790 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7791
7792 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7793
7794 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7795 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7796 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7797 buffer.
7798
7799 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7800
7801 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7802 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7803 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7804 buffer.
7805
7806 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7807
7808 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7809 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7810 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7811 and don't ask the user.
7812 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7813 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7814
7815 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7816
7817 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7818 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7819 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7820 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7821 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7822 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7823 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7824 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7825
7826 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7827
7828 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7829
7830 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7831
7832 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7833 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7834 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7835 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7836 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7837
7838 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7839
7840 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7841
7842 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7843 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7844 When called interactively, displays the version.
7845
7846 \(fn)" t nil)
7847
7848 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7849 Display Ediff's manual.
7850 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7851
7852 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7853
7854 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7855
7856
7857 \(fn)" nil nil)
7858
7859 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7860
7861
7862 \(fn)" nil nil)
7863
7864 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7865
7866
7867 \(fn)" nil nil)
7868
7869 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7870
7871
7872 \(fn)" nil nil)
7873
7874 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7875
7876
7877 \(fn)" nil nil)
7878
7879 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7880
7881
7882 \(fn)" nil nil)
7883
7884 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7885
7886
7887 \(fn)" nil nil)
7888
7889 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7890
7891
7892 \(fn)" nil nil)
7893
7894 ;;;***
7895 \f
7896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21291 9464
7897 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
7898 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7899
7900 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7901
7902
7903 \(fn)" t nil)
7904
7905 ;;;***
7906 \f
7907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21291 9464
7908 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
7909 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7910
7911 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7912 Display Ediff's registry.
7913
7914 \(fn)" t nil)
7915
7916 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7917
7918 ;;;***
7919 \f
7920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21319 15673
7921 ;;;;;; 174 0))
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7923
7924 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7925 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7926 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7927 which see.
7928
7929 \(fn)" t nil)
7930
7931 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7932 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7933 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7934 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7935
7936 \(fn)" t nil)
7937
7938 ;;;***
7939 \f
7940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
7941 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7942 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7943
7944 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7945 Edit a keyboard macro.
7946 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7947 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7948 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7949 its command name.
7950 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7951
7952 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7953
7954 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7955 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7956
7957 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7958
7959 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7960 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7961
7962 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7963
7964 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7965 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7966 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7967 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7968 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7969 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7970
7971 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7972 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7973 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7974 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7975
7976 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7977
7978 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7979 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7980 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7981 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7982 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7983 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7984
7985 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7986
7987 ;;;***
7988 \f
7989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21291 9464 291241
7990 ;;;;;; 0))
7991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7992
7993 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7994 Set scroll margins.
7995 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7996 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7997
7998 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7999
8000 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8001 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8002
8003 \(fn)" t nil)
8004
8005 ;;;***
8006 \f
8007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
8008 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8009
8010 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8011 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8012 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8013 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8014 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8015 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8016 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8017
8018 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8019 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8020
8021 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8022 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8023 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8024 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8025
8026 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8027 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8028 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8029
8030 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8031 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8032 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8033
8034 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8035
8036 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8037
8038
8039 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8040
8041 ;;;***
8042 \f
8043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21291 9464 291241
8044 ;;;;;; 0))
8045 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8046 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8047
8048 ;;;***
8049 \f
8050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21291
8051 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
8052 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8053 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8054
8055 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8056 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8057 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8058 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8059 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8060 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8061 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8062
8063 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8064
8065 ;;;***
8066 \f
8067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21291 9464 291241
8068 ;;;;;; 0))
8069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8070
8071 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8072 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8073
8074 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8075
8076 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8077 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8078 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8079 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8080 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8081
8082 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8083 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8084 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8085 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8086 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8087 expression point is on.
8088
8089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8090
8091 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8092
8093 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8094 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8095 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8096 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8097 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8098 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8099 arg list.
8100
8101 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8102 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8103 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8104 effect.
8105
8106 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8107 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8108
8109 ;;;***
8110 \f
8111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21322 29240 319302
8112 ;;;;;; 0))
8113 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8114
8115 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8116 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8117
8118 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8119 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8120 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8121
8122 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8123
8124 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8125 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8126 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8128 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8129 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8130
8131 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8132
8133 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8134 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8135 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8136 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8137 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8138
8139 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8140 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8141 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8142
8143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8144
8145 ;;;***
8146 \f
8147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21291 9464 291241
8148 ;;;;;; 0))
8149 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8150
8151 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8152 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8153
8154 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8155 an elided material again.
8156
8157 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8158
8159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8160
8161 ;;;***
8162 \f
8163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21291 9464 291241
8164 ;;;;;; 0))
8165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8166
8167 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8168 Lint the file FILE.
8169
8170 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8171
8172 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8173 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8174 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8175
8176 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8177
8178 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8179 Lint the current buffer.
8180 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8181
8182 \(fn)" t nil)
8183
8184 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8185 Lint the function at point.
8186 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8187
8188 \(fn)" t nil)
8189
8190 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8191 Initialize elint.
8192 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8193 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8194
8195 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8196
8197 ;;;***
8198 \f
8199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21291 9464 291241
8200 ;;;;;; 0))
8201 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8202
8203 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8204 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8205 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8206
8207 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8208
8209 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8210 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8211 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8212 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8213
8214 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8215
8216 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8217 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8218 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8219
8220 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8221
8222 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8223
8224 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8225 Display current profiling results.
8226 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8227 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8228 displayed.
8229
8230 \(fn)" t nil)
8231
8232 ;;;***
8233 \f
8234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21291 9464 291241
8235 ;;;;;; 0))
8236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8237
8238 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8239 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8240 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8241 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8242 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8243 ARG is omitted or nil.
8244
8245 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8246 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8247 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8248 used instead.
8249
8250 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8251
8252 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8253 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8254 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8255
8256 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8257
8258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8259
8260 ;;;***
8261 \f
8262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21294 49847
8263 ;;;;;; 664915 0))
8264 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8265
8266 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8267 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8268 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8269
8270 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8271
8272 ;;;***
8273 \f
8274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21291 9464 291241
8275 ;;;;;; 0))
8276 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8277
8278 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8279 Run Emerge on two files.
8280
8281 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8282
8283 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8284 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8285
8286 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8287
8288 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8289 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8290
8291 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8292
8293 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8294 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8295
8296 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8297
8298 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8299
8300
8301 \(fn)" nil nil)
8302
8303 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8304
8305
8306 \(fn)" nil nil)
8307
8308 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8309
8310
8311 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8312
8313 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8314
8315
8316 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8317
8318 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8319 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8320
8321 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8322
8323 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8324 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8325
8326 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8327
8328 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8329
8330
8331 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8332
8333 ;;;***
8334 \f
8335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21291 9464
8336 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
8337 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8338
8339 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8340 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8341 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8342 text/enriched format.
8343
8344 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8345 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8346 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8347
8348 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8349
8350 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8351 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8352
8353 Commands:
8354
8355 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8356
8357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8358
8359 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8360
8361
8362 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8363
8364 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8365
8366
8367 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8368
8369 ;;;***
8370 \f
8371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
8372 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8373
8374 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8375 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8376
8377 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8378
8379 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8380 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8381
8382 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8383
8384 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8385 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8386 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8387 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8388 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8389 the keys are listed.
8390 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8391
8392 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8393
8394 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8395 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8396 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8397
8398 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8399
8400 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8401 Verify FILE.
8402
8403 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8404
8405 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8406 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8407
8408 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8409
8410 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8411 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8412
8413 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8414
8415 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8416 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8417
8418 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8419 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8420 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8421 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8422
8423 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8424 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8425 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8426 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8427 should consider using the string based counterpart
8428 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8429 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8430
8431 For example:
8432
8433 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8434 (decode-coding-string
8435 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8436 'utf-8))
8437
8438 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8439
8440 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8441 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8442
8443 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8444 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8445
8446 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8447
8448 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8449 Verify the current region between START and END.
8450
8451 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8452 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8453 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8454 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8455 should consider using the string based counterpart
8456 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8457 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8458
8459 For example:
8460
8461 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8462 (decode-coding-string
8463 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8464 'utf-8))
8465
8466 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8467
8468 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8469 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8470 between START and END.
8471
8472 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8473 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8474
8475 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8476
8477 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8478 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8479
8480 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8481 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8482 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8483 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8484 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8485 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8486
8487 For example:
8488
8489 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8490 (epg-sign-string
8491 context
8492 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8493
8494 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8495
8496 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8497 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8498
8499 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8500 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8501 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8502 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8503 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8504 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8505
8506 For example:
8507
8508 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8509 (epg-encrypt-string
8510 context
8511 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8512 nil))
8513
8514 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8515
8516 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8517 Delete selected KEYS.
8518
8519 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8520
8521 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8522 Import keys from FILE.
8523
8524 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8525
8526 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8527 Import keys from the region.
8528
8529 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8530
8531 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8532 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8533 between START and END.
8534
8535 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8536
8537 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8538 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8539
8540 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8541
8542 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8543 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8544
8545 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8546
8547 ;;;***
8548 \f
8549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21291 9464 291241
8550 ;;;;;; 0))
8551 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8552
8553 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8554 Decrypt marked files.
8555
8556 \(fn)" t nil)
8557
8558 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8559 Verify marked files.
8560
8561 \(fn)" t nil)
8562
8563 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8564 Sign marked files.
8565
8566 \(fn)" t nil)
8567
8568 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8569 Encrypt marked files.
8570
8571 \(fn)" t nil)
8572
8573 ;;;***
8574 \f
8575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21291 9464 291241
8576 ;;;;;; 0))
8577 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8578
8579 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8580
8581
8582 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8583
8584 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8585
8586
8587 \(fn)" t nil)
8588
8589 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8590
8591
8592 \(fn)" t nil)
8593
8594 ;;;***
8595 \f
8596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21291 9464 291241
8597 ;;;;;; 0))
8598 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8599
8600 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8601 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8603 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8604 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8605
8606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8607
8608 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8609 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8610 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8611
8612 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8613
8614 \(fn)" t nil)
8615
8616 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8617 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8618 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8619
8620 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8621
8622 \(fn)" t nil)
8623
8624 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8625 Sign the current buffer.
8626 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8627
8628 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8629
8630 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8631
8632 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8633 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8634 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8635 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8636 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8637 and also whether and how to sign.
8638
8639 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8640 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8641 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8642
8643 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8644
8645 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8646
8647 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8648 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8649 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8650
8651 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8652
8653 \(fn)" t nil)
8654
8655 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8656 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8657 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8660 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8661
8662 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8663
8664 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8665 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8667 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8668 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8669
8670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8671
8672 ;;;***
8673 \f
8674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
8675 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8676 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8677
8678 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8679 Return a context object.
8680
8681 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8682
8683 ;;;***
8684 \f
8685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21291 9464 291241
8686 ;;;;;; 0))
8687 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8688
8689 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8690 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8691
8692 \(fn)" nil nil)
8693
8694 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8695 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8696
8697 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8698
8699 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8700 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8701
8702 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8703
8704 ;;;***
8705 \f
8706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
8707 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8708 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8709
8710 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8711 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8712
8713 \(fn)" nil nil)
8714
8715 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8716 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8717 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8718
8719 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8720
8721 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8722 (server (erc-compute-server))
8723 (port (erc-compute-port))
8724 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8725 password
8726 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8727
8728 That is, if called with
8729
8730 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8731
8732 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8733 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8734 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8735
8736 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8737
8738 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8739
8740 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8741 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8742 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8743
8744 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8745
8746 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8747 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8748 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8749 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8750
8751 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8752
8753 ;;;***
8754 \f
8755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21291
8756 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
8757 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8758 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8759
8760 ;;;***
8761 \f
8762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21291 9464
8763 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
8764 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8765 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8766
8767 ;;;***
8768 \f
8769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21291 9464
8770 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
8771 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8772 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8773
8774 ;;;***
8775 \f
8776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21291 9464
8777 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
8778 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8779 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8780
8781 ;;;***
8782 \f
8783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21291 9464 291241
8784 ;;;;;; 0))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8786 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8787
8788 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8789 Parser for /dcc command.
8790 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8791 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8792 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8793
8794 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8795
8796 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8797 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8798
8799 \(fn)" nil nil)
8800
8801 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8802 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8803
8804 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8805 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8806 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8807 that subcommand.
8808
8809 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8810
8811 ;;;***
8812 \f
8813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8814 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8816 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8817
8818 ;;;***
8819 \f
8820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21291
8821 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8823
8824 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8825 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8826
8827 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8828
8829 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8830 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8831 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8832 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8833
8834 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8835
8836 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8837
8838
8839 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8840
8841 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8842 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8843
8844 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8845
8846 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8847 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8848
8849 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8850
8851 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8852 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8853
8854 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8855
8856 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8857 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8858
8859 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8860
8861 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8862 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8863
8864 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8865
8866 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8867 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8868
8869 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8870
8871 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8872 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8873
8874 \(fn)" nil nil)
8875
8876 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8877 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8878
8879 \(fn)" nil nil)
8880
8881 ;;;***
8882 \f
8883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21291 9464 291241
8884 ;;;;;; 0))
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8886 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8887
8888 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8889 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8890 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8891
8892 \(fn)" nil nil)
8893
8894 ;;;***
8895 \f
8896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21291 9464
8897 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
8898 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8899 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8900
8901 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8902 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8903 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8904 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8905 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8906 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8907 system.
8908
8909 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8910
8911 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8912
8913
8914 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8915
8916 ;;;***
8917 \f
8918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21291 9464
8919 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
8920 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8921
8922 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8923
8924
8925 \(fn)" nil nil)
8926
8927 ;;;***
8928 \f
8929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21291 9464 291241
8930 ;;;;;; 0))
8931 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8932 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8933
8934 ;;;***
8935 \f
8936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21305 47942 151957
8937 ;;;;;; 944000))
8938 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8939 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8940
8941 ;;;***
8942 \f
8943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21291 9464 291241
8944 ;;;;;; 0))
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8946 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8947
8948 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8949 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8950 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8951 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8952 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8953 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8954
8955 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8956
8957 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8958 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8959 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8960 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8961
8962 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8963 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8964 automatically.
8965
8966 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8967 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8968
8969 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8970
8971 ;;;***
8972 \f
8973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21291 9464
8974 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
8975 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8976 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8977
8978 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8979 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8980
8981 \(fn)" t nil)
8982
8983 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8984 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8985
8986 \(fn)" t nil)
8987
8988 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8989 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8990
8991 \(fn)" t nil)
8992
8993 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8994 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8995
8996 \(fn)" t nil)
8997
8998 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8999 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9000
9001 \(fn)" t nil)
9002
9003 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9004 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9005
9006 \(fn)" t nil)
9007
9008 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9009 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9010
9011 \(fn)" t nil)
9012
9013 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9014 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9015
9016 \(fn)" t nil)
9017
9018 ;;;***
9019 \f
9020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21291 9464 291241
9021 ;;;;;; 0))
9022 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9023 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9024
9025 ;;;***
9026 \f
9027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21291
9028 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9030 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9031
9032 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9033 Show who's gone.
9034
9035 \(fn)" nil nil)
9036
9037 ;;;***
9038 \f
9039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21291
9040 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9042
9043 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9044 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9045 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9046 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9047
9048 \(fn)" nil nil)
9049
9050 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9051 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9052
9053 \(fn)" t nil)
9054
9055 ;;;***
9056 \f
9057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21291 9464
9058 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9060 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9061
9062 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9063 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9064 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9065 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9066
9067 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9068
9069 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9070
9071
9072 \(fn)" nil nil)
9073
9074 ;;;***
9075 \f
9076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21291 9464 291241
9077 ;;;;;; 0))
9078 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9079 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9080
9081 ;;;***
9082 \f
9083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21291
9084 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9085 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9086 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9087
9088 ;;;***
9089 \f
9090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21291 9464
9091 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9093 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9094
9095 ;;;***
9096 \f
9097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21291 9464 291241
9098 ;;;;;; 0))
9099 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9100 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9101
9102 ;;;***
9103 \f
9104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21291
9105 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9106 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9107 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9108
9109 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9110 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9111
9112 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9113
9114 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9115 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9116 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9117
9118 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9119
9120 ;;;***
9121 \f
9122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21291 9464
9123 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9125 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9126
9127 ;;;***
9128 \f
9129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21291
9130 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9131 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9132
9133 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9134 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9135 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9136
9137 \(fn)" t nil)
9138
9139 ;;;***
9140 \f
9141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21291
9142 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9143 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9144 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9145
9146 ;;;***
9147 \f
9148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21291 9464
9149 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9152
9153 ;;;***
9154 \f
9155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21291 9464
9156 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9158
9159 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9160 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9161 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9162
9163 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9164
9165 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9166 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9167 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9168 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9169 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9170
9171 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9172 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9173 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9174 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9175
9176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9177 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9178
9179 ;;;***
9180 \f
9181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21291
9182 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9184 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9185
9186 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9187 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9188 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9189 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9190
9191 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9192
9193 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9194 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9195 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9196
9197 \(fn)" t nil)
9198
9199 ;;;***
9200 \f
9201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21291 9464 291241
9202 ;;;;;; 0))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9204 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9205
9206 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9207 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9208
9209 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9210
9211 ;;;***
9212 \f
9213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21291 9464 291241
9214 ;;;;;; 0))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9216
9217 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9218 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9219
9220 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9221 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9222
9223 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9224 useful for assertions in BODY.
9225
9226 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9227
9228 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9229 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9230 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9231
9232 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9233
9234 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9235
9236 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9237
9238 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9239 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9240
9241 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9242 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9243 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9244 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9245
9246 Returns the stats object.
9247
9248 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9249
9250 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9251 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9252
9253 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9254 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9255 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9256 the tests).
9257
9258 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9259
9260 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9261 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9262
9263 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9264 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9265 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9266 and how to display message.
9267
9268 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9269
9270 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9271
9272 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9273 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9274
9275 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9276
9277 ;;;***
9278 \f
9279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21291 9464 291241
9280 ;;;;;; 0))
9281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9282
9283 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9284
9285 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9286 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9287
9288 \(fn)" t nil)
9289
9290 ;;;***
9291 \f
9292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21291 9464
9293 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
9294 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9295
9296 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9297 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9298
9299 \(fn)" t nil)
9300
9301 ;;;***
9302 \f
9303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21291 9464 291241
9304 ;;;;;; 0))
9305 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9306 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9307
9308 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9309 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9310 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9311 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9312 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9313 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9314 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9315 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9316 buffer selected (or created).
9317
9318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9319
9320 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9321 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9322 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9323
9324 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9325
9326 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9327 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9328 The result might be any Lisp object.
9329 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9330 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9331 corresponding to a successful execution.
9332
9333 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9334
9335 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9336
9337 ;;;***
9338 \f
9339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21291 9464 291241
9340 ;;;;;; 0))
9341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9342
9343 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9344 File name of tags table.
9345 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9346 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9347 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9348 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9349 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9350
9351 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9352 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9353 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9354 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9355
9356 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9357
9358 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9359 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9360 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9361 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9362 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9363 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9364
9365 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9366
9367 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9368 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9369 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9370
9371 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9372
9373 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9374 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9375 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9376 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9377 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9378
9379 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9380
9381 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9382 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9383 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9384 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9385
9386 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9387
9388 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9389 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9390 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9391 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9392 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9393
9394 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9395
9396 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9397 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9398
9399 \(fn)" t nil)
9400
9401 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9402 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9403 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9404 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9405
9406 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9407 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9408 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9409 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9410 file the tag was in.
9411
9412 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9413
9414 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9415 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9416 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9417 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9418 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9419 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9420 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9421 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9422 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9423
9424 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9425
9426 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9427 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9428 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9429 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9430 without directory names.
9431
9432 \(fn)" nil nil)
9433 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9434 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9435 (progn
9436 (load "etags")
9437 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9438
9439 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9440 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9441 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9442 but does not select the buffer.
9443 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9444
9445 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9446 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9447 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9448 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9449 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9450
9451 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9452
9453 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9454 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9455 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9456
9457 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9458
9459 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9460
9461 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9462 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9463 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9464 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9465
9466 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9467 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9468 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9469 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9470 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9471
9472 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9473
9474 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9475 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9476 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9477
9478 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9479
9480 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9481 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9482
9483 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9484 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9485 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9486 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9487 around or before point.
9488
9489 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9490 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9491 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9492 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9493 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9494
9495 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9496
9497 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9498 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9499 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9500
9501 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9502
9503 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9504 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9505
9506 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9507 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9508 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9509 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9510 around or before point.
9511
9512 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9513 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9514 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9515 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9516 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9517
9518 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9519
9520 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9521 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9522 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9523
9524 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9525
9526 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9527 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9528
9529 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9530 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9531 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9532
9533 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9534 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9535 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9536 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9537 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9538
9539 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9540
9541 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9542 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9543 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9544
9545 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9546
9547 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9548 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9549 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9550
9551 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9552 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9553
9554 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9555 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9556 where they were found.
9557
9558 \(fn)" t nil)
9559
9560 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9561 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9562
9563 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9564 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9565 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9566
9567 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9568 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9569
9570 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9571 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9572
9573 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9574
9575 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9576 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9577 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9578 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9579
9580 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9581 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9582 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9583 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9584 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9585
9586 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9587 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9588
9589 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9590 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9591 Stops when a match is found.
9592 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9593
9594 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9595 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9596 restricted to these files.
9597
9598 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9599
9600 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9601
9602 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9603 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9604 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9605 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9606 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9607 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9608 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9609 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9610
9611 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9612 produce the list of files to search.
9613
9614 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9615
9616 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9617
9618 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9619 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9620 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9621 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9622 directory specification.
9623
9624 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9625
9626 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9627 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9628
9629 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9630
9631 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9632 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9633 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9634 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9635
9636 \(fn)" t nil)
9637
9638 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9639 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9640 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9641 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9642 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9643
9644 \(fn)" t nil)
9645
9646 ;;;***
9647 \f
9648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21291
9649 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9650 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9651
9652 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9653
9654
9655 \(fn)" nil nil)
9656
9657 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9658 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9659
9660 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9661 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9662
9663 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9664 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9665 primary language.
9666
9667 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9668 even if the buffer is read-only.
9669
9670 See also the descriptions of the variables
9671 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9672
9673 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9674
9675 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9676 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9677
9678 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9679 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9680
9681 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9682 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9683 primary language.
9684
9685 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9686 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9687
9688 See also the descriptions of the variables
9689 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9690
9691 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9692
9693 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9694 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9695 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9696 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9697
9698 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9699
9700 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9701 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9702 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9703 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9704
9705 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9706 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9707 primary language.
9708
9709 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9710 buffer is read-only.
9711
9712 See also the descriptions of the variables
9713 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9714 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9715
9716 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9717
9718 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9719 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9720
9721 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9722 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9723
9724 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9725 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9726 the primary language.
9727
9728 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9729 buffer is read-only.
9730
9731 See also the descriptions of the variables
9732 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9733 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9734
9735 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9736
9737 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9738 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9739 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9740
9741 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9742
9743 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9744 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9745
9746 \(fn)" t nil)
9747
9748 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9749 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9750
9751 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9752 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9753 be 1, 2, or 3.
9754
9755 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9756 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9757 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9758
9759 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9760
9761 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9762
9763 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9764 This function is deprecated.
9765
9766 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9767
9768 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9769 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9770
9771 \(fn)" t nil)
9772
9773 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9774 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9775
9776 \(fn)" t nil)
9777
9778 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9779 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9780
9781 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9782 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9783
9784 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9785 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9786
9787 \(fn)" nil nil)
9788
9789 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9790 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9791
9792 \(fn)" nil nil)
9793
9794 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9795 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9796
9797 \(fn)" nil nil)
9798
9799 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9800 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9801
9802 \(fn)" nil nil)
9803
9804 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9805 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9806 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9807
9808 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9809
9810 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9811
9812
9813 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9814
9815 ;;;***
9816 \f
9817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
9818 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9819
9820 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9821 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9822 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9823 server for future sessions.
9824
9825 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9826
9827 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9828 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9829 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9830
9831 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9832
9833 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9834 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9835 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9836
9837 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9838
9839 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9840 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9841 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9842 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9843 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9844 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9845 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9846 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9847 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9848 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9849 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9850 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9851
9852 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9853
9854 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9855 Display a form to query the directory server.
9856 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9857 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9858
9859 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9860
9861 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9862 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9863 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9864
9865 \(fn)" t nil)
9866
9867 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9868
9869 ;;;***
9870 \f
9871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21291 9464 291241
9872 ;;;;;; 0))
9873 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9874
9875 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9876 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9877
9878 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9879
9880 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9881 Display URL and make it clickable.
9882
9883 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9884
9885 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9886 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9887
9888 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9889
9890 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9891 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9892
9893 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9894
9895 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9896 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9897
9898 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9899
9900 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9901 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9902
9903 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9904
9905 ;;;***
9906 \f
9907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21291 9464
9908 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
9909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9910
9911 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9912 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9913 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9914
9915 \(fn)" t nil)
9916
9917 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9918 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9919
9920 \(fn)" t nil)
9921
9922 ;;;***
9923 \f
9924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21291
9925 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9927
9928 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9929 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9930
9931 \(fn)" t nil)
9932
9933 ;;;***
9934 \f
9935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21291 9464 291241
9936 ;;;;;; 0))
9937 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9938
9939 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9940 Create an empty ewoc.
9941
9942 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9943
9944 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9945 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9946 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9947 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9948 `insert-before-markers'.
9949
9950 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9951 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9952 respectively, of the ewoc.
9953
9954 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9955 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9956 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9957
9958 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9959
9960 ;;;***
9961 \f
9962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
9963 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9964
9965 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9966 Fetch URL and render the page.
9967 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9968 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9969
9970 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9971 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9972
9973 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9974 Render a file using EWW.
9975
9976 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9977
9978 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9979
9980
9981 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9982
9983 ;;;***
9984 \f
9985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21291
9986 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
9987 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9988
9989 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9990 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9991 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9992
9993 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9994
9995 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9996 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9997 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9998 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9999 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10000
10001 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10002
10003 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10004 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10005 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10006 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10007 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10008 executable.
10009
10010 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10011
10012 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10013 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10014 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10015
10016 \(fn)" t nil)
10017
10018 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10019 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10020 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10021 file modes.
10022
10023 \(fn)" nil nil)
10024
10025 ;;;***
10026 \f
10027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10029
10030 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10031 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10032 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10033 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10034
10035 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10036
10037 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10038 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10039 to generate such functions.
10040
10041 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10042 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10043 beginning of the expanded text.
10044
10045 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10046 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10047 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10048 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10049
10050 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10051
10052 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10053
10054 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10055 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10056 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10057
10058 \(fn)" nil nil)
10059
10060 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10061 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10062 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10063
10064 \(fn)" t nil)
10065
10066 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10067 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10068 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10069
10070 \(fn)" t nil)
10071 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10072 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10073
10074 ;;;***
10075 \f
10076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21291 9464 291241
10077 ;;;;;; 0))
10078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10079
10080 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10081 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10082 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10083
10084 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10085 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10086 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10087
10088 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10089
10090 Key definitions:
10091 \\{f90-mode-map}
10092
10093 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10094
10095 `f90-do-indent'
10096 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10097 `f90-if-indent'
10098 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10099 `f90-type-indent'
10100 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10101 `f90-program-indent'
10102 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10103 (default 2).
10104 `f90-associate-indent'
10105 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10106 `f90-critical-indent'
10107 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10108 `f90-continuation-indent'
10109 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10110 `f90-comment-region'
10111 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10112 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10113 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10114 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10115 (default \"!\").
10116 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10117 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10118 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10119 `f90-break-delimiters'
10120 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10121 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10122 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10123 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10124 (default t).
10125 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10126 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10127 `f90-smart-end'
10128 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10129 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10130 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10131 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10132 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10133 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10134 `f90-leave-line-no'
10135 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10136
10137 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10138 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10139
10140 \(fn)" t nil)
10141
10142 ;;;***
10143 \f
10144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21291 9464 291241
10145 ;;;;;; 0))
10146 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10147
10148 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10149 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10150 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10151 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10152
10153 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10154 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10155 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10156 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10157 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10158
10159 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10160 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10161 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10162 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10163 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10164 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10165 attributes.
10166
10167 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10168 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10169
10170 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10171
10172 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10173 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10174 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10175 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10176
10177 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10178
10179 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10180 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10181 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10182 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10183
10184 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10185 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10186 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10187
10188 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10189 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10190 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10191 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10192
10193 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10194
10195 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10196 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10197 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10198
10199 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10200 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10201 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10202 the same amount).
10203
10204 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10205
10206 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10207 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10208 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10209
10210 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10211 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10212 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10213 will remove any scaling currently active.
10214
10215 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10216
10217 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10218 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10219 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10220
10221 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10222 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10223 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10224 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10225 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10226
10227 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10228 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10229
10230 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10231
10232 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10233 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10234
10235 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10236 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10237 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10238
10239 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10240 the face height as long as the input event read
10241 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10242
10243 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10244 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10245 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10246 will remove any scaling currently active.
10247
10248 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10249 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10250 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10251 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10252 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10253
10254 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10255
10256 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10257 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10258 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10259 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10260 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10261 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10262
10263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10264
10265 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10266 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10267 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10268 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10269 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10270 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10271 `buffer-face-mode'.
10272
10273 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10274 local, and sets it to FACE.
10275
10276 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10277
10278 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10279 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10280 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10281 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10282 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10283 `face' text property.
10284
10285 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10286 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10287 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10288 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10289
10290 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10291 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10292
10293 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10294
10295 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10296 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10297 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10298 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10299
10300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10301
10302 ;;;***
10303 \f
10304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21291 9464 291241
10305 ;;;;;; 0))
10306 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10307 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10308
10309 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10310 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10311 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10312 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10313
10314 \(fn)" nil nil)
10315
10316 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10317 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10318
10319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10320
10321 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10322 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10323 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10324 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10325
10326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10327
10328 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10329 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10330 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10331 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10332 backup file names and the like).
10333
10334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10335
10336 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10337 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10338 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10339 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10340 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10341 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10342 internally by feedmail):
10343
10344 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10345 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10346 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10347 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10348
10349 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10350 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10351 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10352 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10353 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10354
10355 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10356
10357 ;;;***
10358 \f
10359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21292 8122 451256 0))
10360 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10361
10362 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10363 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10364 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10365 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10366 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10367 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10368 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10369
10370 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10371
10372 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10373 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10374 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10375 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10376 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10377 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10378 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10379
10380 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10381
10382 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10383
10384 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10385 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10386 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10387 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10388 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10389 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10390
10391 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10392
10393 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10394 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10395 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10396 Return value:
10397 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10398 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10399 * otherwise, nil
10400
10401 \(fn E)" t nil)
10402
10403 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10404 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10405 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10406
10407 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10408
10409 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10410 Try to get a file name at point.
10411 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10412
10413 \(fn)" nil nil)
10414
10415 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10416 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10417
10418 \(fn)" t nil)
10419
10420 ;;;***
10421 \f
10422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21291 9464 291241
10423 ;;;;;; 0))
10424 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10425
10426 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10427 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10428 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10429 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10430
10431 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10432
10433 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10434 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10435 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10436 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10437 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10438 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10439
10440 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10441
10442 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10443 Add FILE to the file cache.
10444
10445 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10446
10447 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10448 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10449 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10450
10451 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10452
10453 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10454 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10455 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10456
10457 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10458
10459 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10460 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10461 This function does not use any external programs.
10462 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10463 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10464 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10465
10466 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10467
10468 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10469 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10470 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10471 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10472 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10473 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10474 \(directories) is done.
10475
10476 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10477
10478 ;;;***
10479 \f
10480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21291 9464 291241
10481 ;;;;;; 0))
10482 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10483
10484 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10485 Handle file system monitoring event.
10486 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10487 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10488
10489 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10490
10491 ;;;***
10492 \f
10493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
10494 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10495
10496 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10497 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10498
10499 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10500 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10501 Local Variables list.
10502
10503 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10504 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10505 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10506
10507 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10508
10509 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10510 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10511
10512 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10513
10514 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10515 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10516
10517 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10518 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10519 the -*- line.
10520
10521 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10522 then this function adds it.
10523
10524 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10525
10526 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10527 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10528
10529 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10530
10531 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10532 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10533
10534 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10535
10536 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10537 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10538
10539 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10540
10541 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10542 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10543
10544 \(fn)" t nil)
10545
10546 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10547 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10548
10549 \(fn)" t nil)
10550
10551 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10552 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10553
10554 \(fn)" t nil)
10555
10556 ;;;***
10557 \f
10558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21291 9464 291241
10559 ;;;;;; 0))
10560 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10561
10562 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10563 Filesets initialization.
10564 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10565
10566 \(fn)" nil nil)
10567
10568 ;;;***
10569 \f
10570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21291 9464 291241
10571 ;;;;;; 0))
10572 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10573 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10574
10575 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10576 Initiate the building of a find command.
10577 For example:
10578
10579 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10580 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10581 (mtime \"+1\"))
10582 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10583
10584 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10585 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10586
10587 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10588
10589 ;;;***
10590 \f
10591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21291 9464 291241
10592 ;;;;;; 0))
10593 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10594
10595 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10596 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10597 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10598
10599 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10600
10601 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10602 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10603
10604 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10605
10606 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10607 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10608 and run Dired on those files.
10609 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10610 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10611
10612 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10613
10614 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10615
10616 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10617
10618 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10619 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10620 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10621
10622 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10623 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10624
10625 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10626 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10627
10628 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10629
10630 ;;;***
10631 \f
10632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21291 9464 291241
10633 ;;;;;; 0))
10634 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10635
10636 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10637 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10638 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10639 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10640 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10641 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10642 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10643
10644 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10645
10646 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10647 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10648 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10649
10650 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10651
10652 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10653
10654 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10655
10656 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10657 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10658 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10659
10660 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10661 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10662
10663 Variables of interest include:
10664
10665 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10666 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10667 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10668
10669 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10670 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10671 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10672
10673 - `ff-ignore-include'
10674 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10675
10676 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10677 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10678
10679 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10680 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10681
10682 - `ff-special-constructs'
10683 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10684 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10685 extracting the filename from that construct.
10686
10687 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10688 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10689
10690 - `ff-search-directories'
10691 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10692 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10693
10694 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10695 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10696
10697 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10698 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10699
10700 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10701 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10702
10703 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10704 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10705
10706 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10707 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10708
10709 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10710
10711 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10712 Visit the file you click on.
10713
10714 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10715
10716 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10717 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10718
10719 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10720
10721 ;;;***
10722 \f
10723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21291
10724 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10726
10727 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10728 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10729 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10730
10731 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10732
10733 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10734 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10735 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10736 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10737
10738 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10739 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10740 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10741 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10742
10743 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10744
10745 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10746 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10747
10748 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10749 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10750 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10751 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10752
10753 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10754 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10755 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10756
10757 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10758 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10759 in `load-path'.
10760
10761 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10762
10763 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10764 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10765
10766 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10767 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10768 places point before the definition.
10769 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10770
10771 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10772 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10773 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10774
10775 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10776
10777 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10778 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10779
10780 See `find-function' for more details.
10781
10782 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10783
10784 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10785 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10786
10787 See `find-function' for more details.
10788
10789 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10790
10791 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10792 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10793
10794 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10795 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10796 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10797
10798 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10799 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10800
10801 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10802
10803 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10804 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10805
10806 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10807 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10808 places point before the definition.
10809
10810 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10811
10812 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10813 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10814 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10815
10816 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10817
10818 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10819 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10820
10821 See `find-variable' for more details.
10822
10823 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10824
10825 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10826 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10827
10828 See `find-variable' for more details.
10829
10830 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10831
10832 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10833 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10834 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10835 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10836 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10837 buffer nor display it.
10838
10839 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10840 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10841
10842 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10843
10844 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10845 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10846
10847 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10848 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10849 places point before the definition.
10850
10851 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10852
10853 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10854 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10855 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10856
10857 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10858
10859 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10860 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10861 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10862
10863 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10864
10865 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10866 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10867
10868 \(fn)" t nil)
10869
10870 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10871 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10872
10873 \(fn)" t nil)
10874
10875 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10876 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10877
10878 \(fn)" nil nil)
10879
10880 ;;;***
10881 \f
10882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21291 9464 291241
10883 ;;;;;; 0))
10884 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10885
10886 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10887 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10888
10889 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10890
10891 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10892 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10893
10894 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10895
10896 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10897 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10898
10899 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10900
10901 ;;;***
10902 \f
10903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
10904 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10905 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10906
10907 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10908 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10909
10910 \(fn)" t nil)
10911
10912 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10913 Display FILE's commentary section.
10914 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10915
10916 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10917
10918 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10919 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10920
10921 \(fn)" t nil)
10922
10923 ;;;***
10924 \f
10925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21291 9464 291241
10926 ;;;;;; 0))
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10928
10929 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10930 Toggle flow control handling.
10931 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10932 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10933
10934 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10935
10936 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10937 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10938 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10939 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10940 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10941 to get the effect of a C-q.
10942
10943 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10944
10945 ;;;***
10946 \f
10947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21291 9464
10948 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
10949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10950
10951 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10952
10953
10954 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10955
10956 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10957
10958
10959 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10960
10961 ;;;***
10962 \f
10963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21291 9464
10964 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10966 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10967
10968 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10969 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10970 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10971 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10972 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10973 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10974
10975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10976
10977 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10978 Turn flymake mode on.
10979
10980 \(fn)" nil nil)
10981
10982 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10983 Turn flymake mode off.
10984
10985 \(fn)" nil nil)
10986
10987 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10988
10989
10990 \(fn)" nil nil)
10991
10992 ;;;***
10993 \f
10994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21291 9464
10995 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
10996 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10997
10998 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10999 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11000
11001 \(fn)" t nil)
11002 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11003
11004 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11005 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11006 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11007 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11008 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11009
11010 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11011 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11012 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11013
11014 Bindings:
11015 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11016 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11017 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11018 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11019
11020 Hooks:
11021 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11022
11023 Remark:
11024 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11025 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11026 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11027
11028 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11029 consider adding:
11030 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11031 in your init file.
11032
11033 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11034 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11035
11036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11037
11038 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11039 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11040
11041 \(fn)" nil nil)
11042
11043 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11044 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11045
11046 \(fn)" nil nil)
11047
11048 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11049 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11050
11051 \(fn)" nil nil)
11052
11053 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11054 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11055
11056 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11057
11058 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11059 Flyspell whole buffer.
11060
11061 \(fn)" t nil)
11062
11063 ;;;***
11064 \f
11065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
11066 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11067 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11068
11069 ;;;***
11070 \f
11071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11073
11074 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11075 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11076
11077 \(fn)" nil nil)
11078
11079 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11080 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11081
11082 \(fn)" nil nil)
11083
11084 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11085 Toggle Follow mode.
11086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11087 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11088 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11089
11090 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11091 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11092
11093 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11094 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11095 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11096
11097 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11098 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11099 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11100 movement commands.
11101
11102 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11103 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11104 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11105 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11106 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11107 mileage may vary).
11108
11109 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11110 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11111
11112 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11113
11114 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11115
11116 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11117 \\{follow-mode-map}
11118
11119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11120
11121 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11122 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11123
11124 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11125 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11126 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11127 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11128 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11129 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11130
11131 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11132 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11133 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11134
11135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11136
11137 ;;;***
11138 \f
11139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21291 9464 291241
11140 ;;;;;; 0))
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11142 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11143
11144 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11145 Toggle Footnote mode.
11146 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11147 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11148 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11149
11150 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11151 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11152 play around with the following keys:
11153 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11154
11155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11156
11157 ;;;***
11158 \f
11159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
11160 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11161
11162 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11163 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11164
11165 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11166 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11167 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11168 C-c < forms-first-record <
11169 C-c > forms-last-record >
11170 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11171 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11172 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11173 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11174 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11175 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11176 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11177 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11178 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11179 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11180
11181 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11182
11183 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11184 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11185
11186 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11187
11188 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11189 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11190
11191 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11192
11193 ;;;***
11194 \f
11195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21291 9464
11196 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11198
11199 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11200 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11201 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11202
11203 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11204 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11205
11206 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11207
11208 Key definitions:
11209 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11210
11211 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11212
11213 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11214 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11215 `fortran-do-indent'
11216 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11217 `fortran-if-indent'
11218 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11219 `fortran-structure-indent'
11220 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11221 (default 3)
11222 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11223 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11224 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11225 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11226 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11227 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11228 nil don't change the indentation
11229 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11230 value of either
11231 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11232 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11233 depending on the continuation format in use.
11234 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11235 indentation for a line of code.
11236 (default 'fixed)
11237 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11238 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11239 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11240 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11241 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11242 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11243 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11244 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11245 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11246 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11247 column 5.
11248 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11249 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11250 statements (default nil).
11251 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11252 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11253 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11254 `fortran-continuation-string'
11255 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11256 line (default \"$\").
11257 `fortran-comment-region'
11258 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11259 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11260 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11261 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11262 as typed (default t).
11263 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11264 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11265
11266 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11267 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11268
11269 \(fn)" t nil)
11270
11271 ;;;***
11272 \f
11273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21291 9464 291241
11274 ;;;;;; 0))
11275 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11276
11277 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11278 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11279
11280 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11281 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11282
11283 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11284
11285 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11286 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11287
11288 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11289 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11290
11291 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11292
11293 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11294 Compile fortune file.
11295
11296 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11297 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11298
11299 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11300
11301 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11302 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11303
11304 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11305 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11306 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11307 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11308
11309 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11310
11311 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11312 Display a fortune cookie.
11313 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11314 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11315 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11316 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11317
11318 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11319
11320 ;;;***
11321 \f
11322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 2232 181097
11323 ;;;;;; 0))
11324 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11325
11326 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11327 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11328 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11329
11330 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11331 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11332 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11333
11334 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11335 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11336
11337 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11338 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11339
11340 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11341 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11342 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11343 intend to modify existing values, do
11344
11345 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11346
11347 before changing anything.
11348
11349 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11350 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11351
11352 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11353 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11354 to restore the frame.
11355
11356 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11357 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11358 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11359
11360 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11361 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11362 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11363 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11364 FILTER A filter function.
11365
11366 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11367 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11368
11369 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11370
11371 where
11372
11373 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11374 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11375 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11376 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11377 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11378 before restoring it.
11379 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11380
11381 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11382 It must return:
11383 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11384 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11385 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11386
11387 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11388 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11389
11390 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11391 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11392 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11393 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11394 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11395 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11396 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11397
11398 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11399
11400 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11401 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11402
11403 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11404
11405 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11406 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11407 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11408 If nil, check all live frames.
11409
11410 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11411
11412 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11413 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11414 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11415 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11416 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11417 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11418 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11419 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11420 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11421 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11422 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11423
11424 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11425
11426 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11427 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11428
11429 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11430 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11431 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11432 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11433 and window-state is not restored.
11434
11435 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11436 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11437
11438 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11439 t All existing frames can be reused.
11440 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11441 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11442 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11443 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11444
11445 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11446 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11447 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11448 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11449 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11450 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11451 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11452 be created from that parameter alist.
11453
11454 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11455 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11456 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11457 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11458 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11459 - the live frame just restored,
11460 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11461 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11462 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11463
11464 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11465 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11466 nil Keep all frames.
11467 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11468 - FRAME, a live frame.
11469 - ACTION, which can be one of
11470 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11471 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11472 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11473 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11474 Return value is ignored.
11475
11476 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11477 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11478 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11479 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11480 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11481
11482 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11483
11484 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11485
11486 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11487 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11488 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11489
11490 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11491
11492 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11493 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11494 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11495 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11496
11497 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11498
11499 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11500
11501 ;;;***
11502 \f
11503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21291 9464 291241
11504 ;;;;;; 0))
11505 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11506 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11507
11508 ;;;***
11509 \f
11510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21291 9464
11511 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
11512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11513
11514 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11515 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11516 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11517
11518 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11519
11520 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11521 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11522 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11523 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11524 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11525 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11526 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11527
11528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11529
11530 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11531 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11532 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11533 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11534
11535 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11536 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11537 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11538 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11539 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11540
11541 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11542 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11543 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11544 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11545
11546 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11547 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11548 shown in some of the buffers.
11549
11550 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11551
11552 The following commands help control operation :
11553
11554 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11555 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11556
11557 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11558 detailed description of this mode.
11559
11560
11561 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11562 | GDB Toolbar |
11563 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11564 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11565 | | |
11566 | | |
11567 | | |
11568 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11569 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11570 | | (comint-mode) |
11571 | | |
11572 | | |
11573 | | |
11574 | | |
11575 | | |
11576 | | |
11577 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11578 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11579 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11580 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11581 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11582 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11583
11584 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11585
11586 ;;;***
11587 \f
11588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21291 9464
11589 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11591
11592 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11593 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11594 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11595 instead (which see).")
11596
11597 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11598 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11599
11600 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11601 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11602 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11603 documentation string instead.
11604
11605 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11606 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11607 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11608 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11609 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11610 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11611 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11612 enders are actually possible.
11613
11614 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11615 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11616
11617 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11618 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11619 `font-lock-keywords'.
11620
11621 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11622 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11623 runs the macro expansion.
11624
11625 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11626 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11627 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11628
11629 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11630
11631 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11632
11633 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11634
11635 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11636
11637 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11638 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11639
11640 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11641
11642 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11643 Enter generic mode MODE.
11644
11645 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11646 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11647 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11648
11649 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11650 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11651
11652 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11653
11654 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11655 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11656 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11657 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11658 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11659 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11660 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11661 `font-lock-keywords'.
11662
11663 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11664
11665 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11666
11667 ;;;***
11668 \f
11669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21291 9464
11670 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11672
11673 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11674 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11676 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11677 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11678 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11679
11680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11681
11682 ;;;***
11683 \f
11684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21291 9464
11685 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
11686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11687
11688 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11689 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11690 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11691
11692 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11693
11694 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11695 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11696
11697 Guideline for numbers:
11698 1 - error messages
11699 3 - non-serious error messages
11700 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11701 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11702 9 - messages inside loops.
11703
11704 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11705
11706 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11707 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11708 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11709
11710 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11711
11712 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11713 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11714
11715 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11716
11717 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11718 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11719
11720 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11721 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11722 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11723 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11724 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11725 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11726
11727 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11728 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11729 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11730 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11731 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11732
11733 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11734
11735 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11736
11737 ;;;***
11738 \f
11739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
11740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11741 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11742 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11743 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11744
11745 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11746 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11747
11748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11749
11750 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11751 Read network news.
11752 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11753 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11754 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11755 name of an NNTP server to use.
11756 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11757 server.
11758
11759 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11760
11761 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11762 Read news as a slave.
11763
11764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11765
11766 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11767 Pop up a frame to read news.
11768 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11769 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11770 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11771 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11772 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11773 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11774 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11775 current display is used.
11776
11777 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11778
11779 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11780 Read network news.
11781 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11782 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11783 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11784
11785 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11786
11787 ;;;***
11788 \f
11789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21291 9464
11790 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
11791 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11792
11793 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11794 Start Gnus unplugged.
11795
11796 \(fn)" t nil)
11797
11798 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11799 Start Gnus plugged.
11800
11801 \(fn)" t nil)
11802
11803 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11804 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11805
11806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11807
11808 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11809 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11810
11811 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11812 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11813 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11814
11815 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11816 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11817 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11818
11819 \(fn)" t nil)
11820
11821 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11822 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11823
11824 \(fn)" nil nil)
11825
11826 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11827 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11828 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11829 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11830 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11831 supported.
11832
11833 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11834
11835 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11836 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11837 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11838 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11839 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11840 supported.
11841
11842 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11843
11844 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11845 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11846
11847 \(fn)" nil nil)
11848
11849 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11850 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11851 downloaded into the agent.
11852
11853 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11854
11855 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11856 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11857 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11858 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11859
11860 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11861
11862 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11863 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11864
11865 \(fn)" t nil)
11866
11867 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11868 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11869
11870 \(fn)" t nil)
11871
11872 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11873 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11874 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11875
11876 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11877
11878 ;;;***
11879 \f
11880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21291 9464 291241
11881 ;;;;;; 0))
11882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11883
11884 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11885 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11886
11887 \(fn)" nil nil)
11888
11889 ;;;***
11890 \f
11891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21291
11892 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11894
11895 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11896 Set a bookmark for this article.
11897
11898 \(fn)" t nil)
11899
11900 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11901 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11902
11903 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11904
11905 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11906 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11907 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11908 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11909 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11910
11911 \(fn)" t nil)
11912
11913 ;;;***
11914 \f
11915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21291 9464
11916 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
11917 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11918
11919 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11920 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11921
11922 Usage:
11923 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11924
11925 \(fn)" t nil)
11926
11927 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11928 Generate the cache active file.
11929
11930 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11931
11932 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11933 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11934
11935 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11936
11937 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11938 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11939 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11940 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11941 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11942 supported.
11943
11944 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11945
11946 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11947 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11948 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11949 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11950 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11951 supported.
11952
11953 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11954
11955 ;;;***
11956 \f
11957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21291 9464
11958 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
11959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11960
11961 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11962 Delay this article by some time.
11963 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11964
11965 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11966 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11967
11968 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11969 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11970
11971 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11972 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11973
11974 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11975
11976 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11977 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11978
11979 \(fn)" t nil)
11980
11981 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11982 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11983 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11984 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11985
11986 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11987 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11988
11989 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11990
11991 ;;;***
11992 \f
11993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21291 9464
11994 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11996
11997 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11998
11999
12000 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12001
12002 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12003
12004
12005 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12006
12007 ;;;***
12008 \f
12009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21291 9464
12010 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12011 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12012
12013 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12014 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12015
12016 \(fn)" t nil)
12017
12018 ;;;***
12019 \f
12020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21291 9464
12021 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12023
12024 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12025 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12026
12027 \(fn)" t nil)
12028
12029 ;;;***
12030 \f
12031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21291 9464 291241
12032 ;;;;;; 0))
12033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12034
12035 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12036 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12037
12038 \(fn)" t nil)
12039
12040 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12041 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12042
12043 \(fn)" t nil)
12044
12045 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12046 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12047
12048 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12049 different input formats.
12050
12051 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12052
12053 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12054 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12055
12056 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12057 different input formats.
12058
12059 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12060
12061 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12062 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12063 The PNG is returned as a string.
12064
12065 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12066
12067 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12068 Convert FILE to a Face.
12069 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12070 726 bytes.
12071
12072 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12073
12074 ;;;***
12075 \f
12076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21291
12077 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
12078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12079
12080 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12081 Display gravatar in the From header.
12082 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12083
12084 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12085
12086 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12087 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12088 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12089
12090 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12091
12092 ;;;***
12093 \f
12094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21291 9464
12095 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12097
12098 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12099 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12100 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12101 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12102
12103 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12104
12105 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12106 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12107
12108 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12109
12110 ;;;***
12111 \f
12112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21291 9464
12113 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12115
12116 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12117
12118
12119 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12120
12121 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12122
12123
12124 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12125
12126 ;;;***
12127 \f
12128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21291 9464
12129 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12131
12132 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12133
12134 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12135 Run batched scoring.
12136 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12137
12138 \(fn)" t nil)
12139
12140 ;;;***
12141 \f
12142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21291 9464 291241
12143 ;;;;;; 0))
12144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12145
12146 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12147
12148
12149 \(fn)" nil nil)
12150
12151 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12152 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12153 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12154
12155 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12156
12157 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12158 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12159
12160 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12161
12162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12163
12164 ;;;***
12165 \f
12166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21291 9464
12167 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12169
12170 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12171 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12172 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12173 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12174 group parameters.
12175
12176 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12177 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12178 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12179 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12180
12181 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12182 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12183 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12184 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12185 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12186 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12187 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12188 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12189 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12190 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12191
12192 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12193
12194 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12195 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12196 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12197 nil CATCH-ALL).
12198
12199 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12200 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12201
12202 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12203
12204 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12205 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12206 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12207
12208 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12209
12210 \(fn)" nil nil)
12211
12212 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12213 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12214 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12215
12216 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12217
12218 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12219 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12220 existing groups are considered.
12221
12222 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12223 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12224 returned.
12225
12226 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12227 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12228 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12229 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12230 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12231 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12232 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12233 clauses will be generated.
12234
12235 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12236 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12237 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12238 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12239 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12240 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12241
12242 For example, given the following group parameters:
12243
12244 nnml:mail.bar:
12245 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12246 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12247 nnml:mail.foo:
12248 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12249 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12250 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12251 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12252 nnml:mail.others:
12253 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12254
12255 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12256
12257 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12258 \"mail.bar\")
12259 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12260 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12261 \"mail.others\")
12262
12263 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12264
12265 ;;;***
12266 \f
12267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21291 9464 291241
12268 ;;;;;; 0))
12269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12270
12271 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12272 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12273 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12274 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12275 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12276 instead.
12277
12278 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12279
12280 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12281 Mail to ADDRESS.
12282
12283 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12284
12285 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12286 Like `message-reply'.
12287
12288 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12289
12290 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12291
12292 ;;;***
12293 \f
12294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12295 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
12296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12297
12298 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12299 Send a notification on new message.
12300 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12301 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12302 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12303
12304 This is typically a function to add in
12305 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12306
12307 \(fn)" nil nil)
12308
12309 ;;;***
12310 \f
12311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21291 9464
12312 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12314
12315 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12316 Display picons in the From header.
12317 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12318
12319 \(fn)" t nil)
12320
12321 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12322 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12323 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12324
12325 \(fn)" t nil)
12326
12327 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12328 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12329 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12330
12331 \(fn)" t nil)
12332
12333 ;;;***
12334 \f
12335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21291 9464
12336 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12337 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12338
12339 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12340 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12341 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12342 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12343
12344 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12345
12346 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12347 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12348 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12349 LIST1 is modified.
12350
12351 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12352
12353 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12354 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12355 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12356
12357 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12358
12359 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12360
12361
12362 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12363
12364 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12365 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12366 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12367
12368 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12369
12370 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12371 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12372 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12373
12374 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12375
12376 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12377
12378 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12379 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12380 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12381
12382 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12383
12384 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12385 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12386 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12387
12388 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12389
12390 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12391 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12392 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12393
12394 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12395
12396 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12397 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12398
12399 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12400
12401 ;;;***
12402 \f
12403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21291
12404 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12406
12407 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12408 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12409
12410 \(fn)" t nil)
12411
12412 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12413 Install the registry hooks.
12414
12415 \(fn)" t nil)
12416
12417 ;;;***
12418 \f
12419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21291 9464
12420 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12422
12423 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12424 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12425 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12426 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12427 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12428 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12429
12430 \(fn)" t nil)
12431
12432 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12433 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12434 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12435 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12436 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12437
12438 \(fn)" t nil)
12439
12440 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12441
12442
12443 \(fn)" t nil)
12444
12445 ;;;***
12446 \f
12447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21291 9464
12448 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12450
12451 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12452 Update the format specification near point.
12453
12454 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12455
12456 ;;;***
12457 \f
12458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21291 9464
12459 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12460 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12461
12462 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12463 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12464
12465 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12466
12467 ;;;***
12468 \f
12469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21291 9464 291241
12470 ;;;;;; 0))
12471 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12472
12473 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12474 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12475 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12476
12477 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12478
12479 ;;;***
12480 \f
12481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21291 9464
12482 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12483 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12484
12485 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12486 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12487
12488 \(fn)" t nil)
12489
12490 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12491 Install the sync hooks.
12492
12493 \(fn)" t nil)
12494
12495 ;;;***
12496 \f
12497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21291 9464 291241
12498 ;;;;;; 0))
12499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12500
12501 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12502 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12503
12504 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12505
12506 ;;;***
12507 \f
12508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21291 9464 291241
12509 ;;;;;; 0))
12510 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12511
12512 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12513 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12514 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12515 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12516 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12517 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12518
12519 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12520
12521 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12522
12523 ;;;***
12524 \f
12525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21291 9464 291241
12526 ;;;;;; 0))
12527 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12528
12529 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12530 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12531
12532 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12533 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12534 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12535
12536 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12537 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12538 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12539
12540 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12541 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12542
12543 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12544 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12545
12546 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12547
12548 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12549
12550 ;;;***
12551 \f
12552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21291 9464
12553 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12555
12556 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12557
12558 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12559 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12560 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12561 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12562 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12563
12564 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12565
12566 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12567 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12568 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12569 or to send e-mail.
12570 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12571 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12572
12573 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12574 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12575
12576 \(fn)" t nil)
12577 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12578
12579 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12580 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12581 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12582 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12583 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12584
12585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12586
12587 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12588 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12589
12590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12591
12592 ;;;***
12593 \f
12594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21291 9464 291241
12595 ;;;;;; 0))
12596 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12597
12598 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12599 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12600 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12601
12602 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12603
12604 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12605 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12606
12607 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12608
12609 ;;;***
12610 \f
12611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21291 9464 291241
12612 ;;;;;; 0))
12613 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12614
12615 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12616 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12617
12618 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12619
12620 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12621 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12622 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12623 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12624 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12625
12626 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12627 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12628 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12629
12630 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12631
12632 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12633 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12634 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12635 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12636 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12637
12638 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12639
12640 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12641 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12642
12643 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12644
12645 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12646 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12647
12648 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12649 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12650 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12651
12652 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12653 The default find program.
12654 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12655 and others.")
12656
12657 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12658 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12659 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12660 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12661
12662 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12663 How to invoke find and grep.
12664 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12665 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12666 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12667 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12668
12669 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12670
12671 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12672 History list for grep.")
12673
12674 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12675 History list for grep-find.")
12676
12677 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12678 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12679 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12680
12681 \(fn)" nil nil)
12682
12683 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12684
12685
12686 \(fn)" nil nil)
12687
12688 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12689 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12690
12691 \(fn)" nil nil)
12692
12693 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12694 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12695 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12696 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12697 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12698
12699 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12700 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12701
12702 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12703 can easily repeat a grep command.
12704
12705 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12706 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12707 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12708 list is empty).
12709
12710 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12711
12712 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12713 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12714 Collect output in a buffer.
12715 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12716 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12717
12718 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12719 easily repeat a find command.
12720
12721 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12722
12723 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12724
12725 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12726 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12727 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12728 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12729 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12730
12731 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12732 before it is executed.
12733 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12734
12735 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12736 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12737 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12738
12739 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12740
12741 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12742
12743 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12744 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12745 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12746 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12747 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12748
12749 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12750 before it is executed.
12751 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12752
12753 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12754 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12755 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12756 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12757
12758 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12759
12760 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12761 to specify a command to run.
12762
12763 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12764
12765 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12766 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12767 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12768 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12769
12770 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12771
12772 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12773
12774 ;;;***
12775 \f
12776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
12777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12778
12779 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12780 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12781 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12782 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12783 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12784
12785 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12786
12787 ;;;***
12788 \f
12789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21291 9464 291241
12790 ;;;;;; 0))
12791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12792
12793 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12794 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12795 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12796 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12797
12798 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12799
12800 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12801 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12802 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12803 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12804
12805 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12806
12807 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12808 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12809 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12810 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12811
12812 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12813
12814 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12815 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12816 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12817 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12818
12819 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12820 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12821
12822 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12823
12824 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12825 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12826 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12827 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12828
12829 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12830
12831 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12832 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12833 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12834 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12835
12836 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12837
12838 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12839 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12840 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12841 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12842 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12843
12844 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12845 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12846 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12847 original source file access method.
12848
12849 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12850 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12851
12852 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12853
12854 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12855 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12856
12857 \(fn)" t nil)
12858
12859 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12860 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12861 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12863 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12864 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12865
12866 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12867
12868 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12869 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12870 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12871 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12872 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12873
12874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12875
12876 ;;;***
12877 \f
12878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21291 9464 291241
12879 ;;;;;; 0))
12880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12881
12882 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12883 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12884 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12885 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12886 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12887 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12888 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12889 set it to.
12890 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12891
12892 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12893
12894 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12895 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12896 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12897 of PLACE.
12898 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12899 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12900 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12901 and SETTER.
12902 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12903 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12904
12905 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12906
12907 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12908
12909 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12910 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12911 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12912 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12913 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12914
12915 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12916
12917 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12918
12919 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12920
12921
12922 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12923
12924 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12925
12926 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12927
12928 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12929 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12930 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12931 well for simple place forms.
12932 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12933 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12934 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12935 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12936 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12937 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12938 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12939
12940 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12941
12942 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12943
12944 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12945 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12946 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12947 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12948 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12949
12950 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12951 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12952 (let ((temp VAL))
12953 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12954 temp)
12955 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12956
12957 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12958
12959 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12960 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12961 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12962 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12963 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12964 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12965
12966 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12967
12968 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12969
12970 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12971 Return a reference to PLACE.
12972 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12973 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12974 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12975 binding mode.
12976
12977 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12978
12979 ;;;***
12980 \f
12981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21291 9464
12982 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
12983 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12984
12985 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12986 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12987 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12988 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12989
12990 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12991 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12992 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12993 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12994
12995 \(fn)" t nil)
12996
12997 ;;;***
12998 \f
12999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21291 9464 291241
13000 ;;;;;; 0))
13001 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13002
13003 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13004 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13005
13006 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13007
13008 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13009 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13010 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13011 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13012
13013 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13014
13015 \(fn)" t nil)
13016
13017 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13018 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13019 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13020 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13021 to be updated.
13022
13023 \(fn)" t nil)
13024
13025 ;;;***
13026 \f
13027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21291 9464 291241
13028 ;;;;;; 0))
13029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13030
13031 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13032 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13033
13034 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13035
13036 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13037 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13038 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13039
13040 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13041
13042 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13043 Verify a hashcash payment
13044
13045 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13046
13047 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13048 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13049 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13050 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13051 `mail-add-payment-async').
13052
13053 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13054
13055 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13056 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13057 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13058 Calculation is asynchronous.
13059
13060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13061
13062 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13063 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13064 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13065
13066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13067
13068 ;;;***
13069 \f
13070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21291 9464 291241
13071 ;;;;;; 0))
13072 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13073
13074 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13075 Return the help-echo string at point.
13076 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13077 property, or nil, is returned.
13078 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13079 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13080 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13081
13082 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13083
13084 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13085 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13086 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13087 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13088 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13089
13090 \(fn)" nil nil)
13091
13092 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13093 Display local help in the echo area.
13094 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13095 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13096 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13097 printed instead.
13098
13099 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13100 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13101 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13102
13103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13104
13105 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13106 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13107 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13108
13109 \(fn)" t nil)
13110
13111 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13112 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13113 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13114
13115 \(fn)" t nil)
13116
13117 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13118 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13119 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13120 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13121 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13122 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13123 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13124 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13125 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13126 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13127 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13128
13129 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13130 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13131 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13132 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13133 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13134
13135 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13136 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13137 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13138 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13139 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13140 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13141 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13142 The default is `never'.")
13143
13144 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13145
13146 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13147 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13148 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13149 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13150 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13151 considered different regions.
13152
13153 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13154 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13155 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13156 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13157 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13158 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13159 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13160 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13161 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13162
13163 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13164
13165 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13166 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13167 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13168 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13169 different regions.
13170
13171 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13172 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13173 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13174 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13175 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13176 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13177 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13178 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13179
13180 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13181 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13182 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13183 rarely happens in practice.
13184
13185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13186
13187 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13188 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13189 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13190 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13191 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13192 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13193
13194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13195
13196 ;;;***
13197 \f
13198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21291 9464 291241
13199 ;;;;;; 0))
13200 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13201
13202 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13203 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13204
13205 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13206
13207 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13208 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13209 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13210
13211 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13212
13213 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13214 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13215 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13216 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13217 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13218 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13219 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13220 search for a function definition.
13221
13222 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13223 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13224 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13225 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13226 suitable file is found, return nil.
13227
13228 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13229
13230 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13231
13232
13233 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13234
13235 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13236 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13237 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13238 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13239
13240 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13241
13242 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13243 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13244 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13245 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13246 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13247 it is displayed along with the global value.
13248
13249 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13250
13251 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13252 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13253 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13254 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13255
13256 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13257
13258 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13259 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13260 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13261 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13262 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13263
13264 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13265
13266 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13267 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13268
13269 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13270
13271 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13272 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13273
13274 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13275
13276 ;;;***
13277 \f
13278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21291 9464 291241
13279 ;;;;;; 0))
13280 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13281
13282 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13283 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13284 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13285 window listing and describing the options.
13286 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13287 gives the window that lists the options.")
13288
13289 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13290
13291 ;;;***
13292 \f
13293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21291 9464 291241
13294 ;;;;;; 0))
13295 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13296
13297 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13298 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13299 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13300 Commands:
13301 \\{help-mode-map}
13302
13303 \(fn)" t nil)
13304
13305 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13306
13307
13308 \(fn)" nil nil)
13309
13310 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13311
13312
13313 \(fn)" nil nil)
13314
13315 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13316 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13317
13318 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13319 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13320 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13321 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13322
13323 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13324 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13325 restore it properly when going back.
13326
13327 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13328
13329 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13330 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13331 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13332 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13333 from `help-mode'.
13334 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13335 it does not already exist.
13336
13337 \(fn)" nil nil)
13338
13339 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13340 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13341
13342 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13343 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13344 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13345 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13346 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13347 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13348 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13349 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13350
13351 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13352 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13353 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13354 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13355
13356 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13357 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13358 that.
13359
13360 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13361
13362 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13363 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13364 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13365 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13366 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13367 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13368
13369 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13370
13371 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13372 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13373 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13374 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13375 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13376
13377 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13378
13379 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13380 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13381
13382 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13383
13384 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13385 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13386 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13387 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13388
13389 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13390
13391 ;;;***
13392 \f
13393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21291 9464
13394 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
13395 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13396
13397 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13398 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13399
13400 \(fn)" t nil)
13401
13402 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13403 Provide help for current mode.
13404
13405 \(fn)" t nil)
13406
13407 ;;;***
13408 \f
13409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
13410 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13411
13412 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13413 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13414 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13415 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13416 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13417
13418 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13419 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13420
13421 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13422 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13423 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13424 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13425
13426 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13427 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13428 periods.
13429
13430 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13431 in hexl format.
13432
13433 A sample format:
13434
13435 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13436 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13437 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13438 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13439 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13440 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13441 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13442 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13443 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13444 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13445 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13446 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13447 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13448 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13449 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13450
13451 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13452 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13453 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13454
13455 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13456 also supported.
13457
13458 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13459
13460 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13461 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13462 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13463
13464 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13465 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13466 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13467
13468 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13469 into the buffer at the current point.
13470
13471 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13472 into the buffer at the current point.
13473
13474 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13475 into the buffer at the current point.
13476
13477 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13478
13479 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13480 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13481
13482 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13483
13484 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13485
13486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13487
13488 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13489 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13490 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13491 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13492
13493 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13494
13495 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13496 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13497 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13498
13499 \(fn)" t nil)
13500
13501 ;;;***
13502 \f
13503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
13504 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13505
13506 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13507 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13511
13512 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13513 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13514 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13515 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13516
13517 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13518 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13519 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13520 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13521
13522 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13523 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13524 which can be called interactively, are:
13525
13526 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13527 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13528
13529 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13530 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13531 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13532 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13533
13534 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13535 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13536
13537 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13538 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13539 available face automatically.
13540
13541 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13542 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13543
13544 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13545 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13546 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13547 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13548 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13549 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13550 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13551 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13552 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13553 function returns t.
13554
13555 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13556 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13557
13558 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13559 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13560 form:
13561 Hi-lock: FOO
13562
13563 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13564 position (number of characters into buffer)
13565 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13566 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13567 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13568
13569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13570
13571 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13572 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13573 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13574 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13575 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13576 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13577
13578 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13579
13580 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13581 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13582 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13583 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13584 ARG is omitted or nil.
13585
13586 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13587 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13588 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13589
13590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13591
13592 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13593
13594 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13595 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13596 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13597 Use the global history list for FACE.
13598
13599 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13600 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13601 highlighting will not update as you type.
13602
13603 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13604
13605 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13606
13607 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13608 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13609 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13610 Use the global history list for FACE.
13611
13612 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13613 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13614 highlighting will not update as you type.
13615
13616 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13617
13618 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13619
13620 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13621 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13622 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13623 Use the global history list for FACE.
13624
13625 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13626 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13627 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13628
13629 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13630 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13631 highlighting will not update as you type.
13632
13633 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13634
13635 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13636
13637 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13638 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13639 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13640 unless you use a prefix argument.
13641 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13642
13643 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13644 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13645
13646 \(fn)" t nil)
13647
13648 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13649
13650 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13651 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13652 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13653 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13654 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13655 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13656
13657 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13658
13659 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13660 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13661
13662 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13663 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13664 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13665
13666 \(fn)" t nil)
13667
13668 ;;;***
13669 \f
13670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21291 9464
13671 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
13672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13673
13674 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13675 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13676 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13677 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13678 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13679
13680 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13681 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13682 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13683 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13684
13685 `hide-ifdef-env'
13686 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13687 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13688 is used.
13689
13690 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13691 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13692 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13693 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13694 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13695
13696 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13697 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13698 #endif lines when hiding.
13699
13700 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13701 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13702 is activated.
13703
13704 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13705 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13706 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13707
13708 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13709
13710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13711
13712 ;;;***
13713 \f
13714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21291 9464
13715 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
13716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13717
13718 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13719 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13720 Each element has the form
13721 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13722
13723 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13724 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13725
13726 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13727 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13728
13729 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13730 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13731 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13732 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13733 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13734 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13735
13736 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13737 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13738
13739 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13740 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13741
13742 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13743 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13744 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13745
13746 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13747 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13748 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13749 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13750 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13751
13752 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13753 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13754 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13755
13756 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13757 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13758 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13759
13760 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13761 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13762
13763 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13764
13765 Key bindings:
13766 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13767
13768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13769
13770 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13771 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13772
13773 \(fn)" nil nil)
13774
13775 ;;;***
13776 \f
13777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21291 9464 291241
13778 ;;;;;; 0))
13779 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13780
13781 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13782 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13783 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13784 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13785 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13786
13787 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13788 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13789 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13790 this on and off.
13791
13792 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13793 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13794 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13795 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13796 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13797 through various faces.
13798 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13799 buffer with the contents of a file
13800 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13801
13802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13803
13804 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13805 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13806 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13807 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13808 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13809
13810 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13811 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13812 in a distinctive face.
13813
13814 The default value can be customized with variable
13815 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13816
13817 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13818
13819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13820
13821 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13822 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13823 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13824
13825 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13826
13827 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13828 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13829
13830 \(fn)" t nil)
13831
13832 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13833 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13834
13835 \(fn)" t nil)
13836
13837 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13838 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13839
13840 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13841 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13842 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13843 shown in the last face in the list.
13844
13845 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13846 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13847 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13848
13849 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13850
13851 \(fn)" t nil)
13852
13853 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13854 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13855
13856 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13857
13858 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13859 to save the file.
13860
13861 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13862 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13863
13864 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13865 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13866 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13867
13868 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13869
13870 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13871 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13872
13873 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13874 this function is called interactively.
13875
13876 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13877 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13878 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13879
13880 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13881 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13882 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13883
13884 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13885
13886 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13887 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13888 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13890 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13891 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13892
13893 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13894
13895 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13896 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13897 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13898 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13899 ARG is omitted or nil.
13900
13901 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13902 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13903 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13904
13905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13906
13907 ;;;***
13908 \f
13909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21291 9464 291241
13910 ;;;;;; 0))
13911 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13912 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13913
13914 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13915 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13916 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13917 or insert functions in this list.")
13918
13919 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13920
13921 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13922 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13923 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13924 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13925 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13926 expansions.
13927 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13928 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13929 undoes the expansion.
13930
13931 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13932
13933 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13934 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13935 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13936 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13937
13938 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13939
13940 ;;;***
13941 \f
13942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
13943 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13944
13945 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13946 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13948 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13949 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13950
13951 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13952 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13953 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13954 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13955 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13956 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13957
13958 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13959 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13960 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13961 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13962
13963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13964
13965 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13966 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13967 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13969 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13970 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13971
13972 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13973
13974 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13975 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13976 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13977 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13978 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13979
13980 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13981 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13982 windows.
13983
13984 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13985 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13986
13987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13988
13989 ;;;***
13990 \f
13991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21291 9464
13992 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
13993 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13994
13995 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13996
13997 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13998 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13999 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14000
14001 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14002
14003 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14004
14005 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14006
14007 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14008 Oriental holidays.
14009 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14010
14011 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14012
14013 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14014
14015 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14016
14017 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14018 Local holidays.
14019 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14020
14021 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14022
14023 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14024
14025 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14026
14027 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14028 User defined holidays.
14029 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14030
14031 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14032
14033 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14034
14035 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14036 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14037
14038 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14039
14040 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14041 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14042
14043 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14044
14045 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14046 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14047
14048 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14049
14050 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14051 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14052
14053 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14054
14055 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14056
14057 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14058 Jewish holidays.
14059 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14060
14061 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14062
14063 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14064
14065 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14066
14067 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14068 Christian holidays.
14069 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14070
14071 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14072
14073 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14074
14075 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14076
14077 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14078 Islamic holidays.
14079 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14080
14081 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14082
14083 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14084
14085 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14086
14087 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14088 Bahá'í holidays.
14089 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14090
14091 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14092
14093 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14094
14095 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14096
14097 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14098 Sun-related holidays.
14099 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14100
14101 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14102
14103 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14104
14105 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14106
14107 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14108 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14109 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14110 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14111
14112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14113
14114 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14115 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14116 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14117 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14118 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14119
14120 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14121 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14122
14123 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14124 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14125
14126 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14127 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14128 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14129 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14130 of a holiday list.
14131
14132 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14133
14134 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14135
14136 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14137
14138 ;;;***
14139 \f
14140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21291 9464
14141 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
14142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14143
14144 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14145 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14146
14147 \(fn)" t nil)
14148
14149 ;;;***
14150 \f
14151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21326 26296
14152 ;;;;;; 18069 0))
14153 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14154 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14155
14156 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14157 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14158 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14159 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14160 as possible.
14161
14162 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14163 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14164 fontified display.
14165
14166 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14167 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14168
14169 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14170 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14171 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14172
14173 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14174
14175 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14176 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14177 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14178
14179 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14180
14181 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14182
14183 ;;;***
14184 \f
14185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21291 9464 291241
14186 ;;;;;; 0))
14187 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14188
14189 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14190 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14191
14192 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14193 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14194 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14195
14196 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14197 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14198 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14199 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14200 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14201 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14202
14203 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14204 title of the column.
14205
14206 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14207 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14208 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14209 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14210 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14211
14212 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14213
14214 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14215 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14216 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14217 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14218 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14219
14220 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14221 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14222 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14223
14224 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14225
14226 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14227 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14228 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14229 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14230 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14231 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14232
14233 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14234 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14235 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14236 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14237 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14238 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14239 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14240 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14241 values are:
14242 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14243 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14244 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14245 buffer's modification flag.
14246 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14247 prompted before performing this operation.
14248 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14249 operation is complete, in the form:
14250 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14251 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14252 confirmation message, in the form:
14253 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14254 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14255 macro for exactly what it does.
14256
14257 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14258
14259 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14260 Define a filter named NAME.
14261 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14262 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14263 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14264
14265 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14266 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14267 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14268 bound to the current value of the filter.
14269
14270 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14271
14272 ;;;***
14273 \f
14274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
14275 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14276
14277 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14278 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14279 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14280 buffers which are visiting a file.
14281
14282 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14283
14284 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14285 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14286 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14287 buffers which are visiting a file.
14288
14289 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14290
14291 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14292 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14293 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14294
14295 All arguments are optional.
14296 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14297 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14298 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14299 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14300 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14301 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14302 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14303 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14304 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14305 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14306 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14307 that value locally in this buffer.
14308
14309 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14310
14311 ;;;***
14312 \f
14313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21291
14314 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
14315 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14316 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14317
14318 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14319 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14320 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14321 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14322
14323 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14324
14325 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14326 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14327 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14328 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14329 ICAL-FILENAME.
14330 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14331 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14332 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14333
14334 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14335
14336 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14337 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14338 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14339 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14340 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14341 non-marking or not.
14342
14343 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14344
14345 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14346 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14347
14348 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14349 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14350 DIARY-FILE.
14351
14352 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14353 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14354 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14355
14356 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14357 non-marking.
14358
14359 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14360 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14361 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14362
14363 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14364
14365 ;;;***
14366 \f
14367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21291 9464 291241
14368 ;;;;;; 0))
14369 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14370
14371 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14372 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14373 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14375 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14376 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14377
14378 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14379
14380 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14381 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14382 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14383 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14384 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14385
14386 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14387 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14388 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14389 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14390
14391 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14392 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14393
14394 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14395 completions:
14396
14397 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14398
14399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14400
14401 ;;;***
14402 \f
14403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21291 9464 291241
14404 ;;;;;; 0))
14405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14406
14407 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14408 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14409 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14410 Tab indents for Icon code.
14411 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14412 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14413 \\{icon-mode-map}
14414 Variables controlling indentation style:
14415 icon-tab-always-indent
14416 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14417 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14418 icon-auto-newline
14419 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14420 inserted in Icon code.
14421 icon-indent-level
14422 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14423 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14424 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14425 icon-continued-statement-offset
14426 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14427 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14428 icon-continued-brace-offset
14429 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14430 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14431 icon-brace-offset
14432 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14433 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14434 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14435 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14436
14437 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14438 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14439
14440 \(fn)" t nil)
14441
14442 ;;;***
14443 \f
14444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21291
14445 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
14446 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14447
14448 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14449 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14450 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14451 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14452
14453 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14454 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14455 separate frames.
14456
14457 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14458 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14459
14460 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14461 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14462 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14463
14464 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14465
14466 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14467
14468 ;;;***
14469 \f
14470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21335 41274
14471 ;;;;;; 440541 0))
14472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14473 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14474
14475 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14476 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14477
14478 The main features of this mode are
14479
14480 1. Indentation and Formatting
14481 --------------------------
14482 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14483 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14484
14485 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14486 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14487 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14488 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14489
14490 Comments are indented as follows:
14491
14492 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14493 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14494 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14495
14496 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14497
14498 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14499 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14500 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14501 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14502 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14503 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14504
14505 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14506 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14507 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14508 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14509
14510 2. Routine Info
14511 ------------
14512 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14513 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14514 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14515 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14516 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14517 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14518 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14519 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14520 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14521 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14522
14523 3. Online IDL Help
14524 ---------------
14525
14526 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14527 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14528 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14529 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14530
14531 4. Completion
14532 ----------
14533 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14534 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14535 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14536 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14537 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14538 upper case.
14539
14540 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14541 --------------------------------
14542 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14543 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14544
14545 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14546 \\fu FUNCTION template
14547 \\c CASE statement template
14548 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14549 \\f FOR loop template
14550 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14551 \\w WHILE loop template
14552 \\i IF statement template
14553 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14554 \\b BEGIN
14555
14556 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14557 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14558
14559 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14560 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14561 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14562 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14563
14564 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14565 -------------------------
14566 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14567 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14568
14569 7. Automatic END completion
14570 ------------------------
14571 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14572 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14573
14574 8. Hooks
14575 -----
14576 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14577 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14578
14579 9. Documentation and Customization
14580 -------------------------------
14581 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14582 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14583 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14584 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14585 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14586
14587 10.Keybindings
14588 -----------
14589 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14590 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14591 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14592
14593 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14594
14595 \(fn)" t nil)
14596
14597 ;;;***
14598 \f
14599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
14600 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14601
14602 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14603 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14604 The following values are possible:
14605 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14606 displaying...)
14607 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14608 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14609 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14610
14611 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14612 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14613
14614 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14615
14616 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14617 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14618 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14619 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14620 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14621 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14622 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14623 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14624 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14625
14626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14627
14628 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14629 Switch to another buffer.
14630 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14631 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14632 in another frame.
14633
14634 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14635 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14636 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14637 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14638 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14639
14640 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14641 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14642
14643 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14644
14645 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14646 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14647 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14648 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14649 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14650 in a separate window.
14651 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14652 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14653 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14654 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14655 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14656 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14657 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14658 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14659 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14660
14661 \(fn)" t nil)
14662
14663 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14664 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14665 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14666 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14667
14668 \(fn)" t nil)
14669
14670 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14671 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14672 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14673 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14674
14675 \(fn)" t nil)
14676
14677 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14678 Kill a buffer.
14679 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14680 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14681
14682 \(fn)" t nil)
14683
14684 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14685 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14686 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14687 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14688
14689 \(fn)" t nil)
14690
14691 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14692 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14693 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14694 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14695
14696 \(fn)" t nil)
14697
14698 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14699 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14700
14701 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14702
14703 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14704 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14705 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14706 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14707 in another frame.
14708
14709 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14710 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14711 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14712 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14713 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14714 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14715
14716 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14717 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14718
14719 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14720
14721 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14722 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14723 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14724 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14725 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14726 in a separate window.
14727 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14728 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14729 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14730 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14731 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14732 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14733 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14734 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14735 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14736 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14737 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14738 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14739 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14740 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14741 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14742 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14743 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14744 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14745
14746 \(fn)" t nil)
14747
14748 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14749 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14750 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14751 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14752
14753 \(fn)" t nil)
14754
14755 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14756 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14757 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14758 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14759
14760 \(fn)" t nil)
14761
14762 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14763 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14764 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14765 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14766
14767 \(fn)" t nil)
14768
14769 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14770 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14771 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14772 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14773
14774 \(fn)" t nil)
14775
14776 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14777 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14778 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14779 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14780
14781 \(fn)" t nil)
14782
14783 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14784 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14785 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14786 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14787
14788 \(fn)" t nil)
14789
14790 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14791 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14792 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14793 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14794
14795 \(fn)" t nil)
14796
14797 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14798 Write current buffer to a file.
14799 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14800 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14801
14802 \(fn)" t nil)
14803
14804 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14805 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14806 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14807 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14808
14809 \(fn)" t nil)
14810
14811 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14812 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14813 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14814 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14815
14816 \(fn)" t nil)
14817
14818 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14819 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14820 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14821 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14822 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14823 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14824
14825 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14826
14827 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14828 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14829 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14830 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14831
14832 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14833
14834 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14835 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14836 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14837 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14838
14839 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14840
14841 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14842 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14843 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14844 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14845 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14846 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14847 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14848 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14849 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14850 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14851 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14852 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14853 with point positioned at the end.
14854 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14855 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14856
14857 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14858
14859 ;;;***
14860 \f
14861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
14862 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14863
14864 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14865 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14866 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14867 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14868
14869 \(fn)" t nil)
14870
14871 ;;;***
14872 \f
14873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
14874 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14875
14876 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14877
14878 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14879 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14880 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14881 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14882 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14883 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14884
14885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14886
14887 ;;;***
14888 \f
14889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
14890 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14891
14892 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14893 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14894 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14895 be determined.
14896
14897 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14898
14899 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14900 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14901 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14902 be determined.
14903
14904 \(fn)" nil nil)
14905
14906 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14907 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14908 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14909 be determined.
14910
14911 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14912
14913 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14914 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14915 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14916 be determined.
14917
14918 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14919
14920 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14921 Determine and return image type.
14922 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14923 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14924 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14925 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14926 use its file extension as image type.
14927 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14928
14929 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14930
14931 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14932 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14933 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14934
14935 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14936
14937 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14938 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14939 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14940
14941 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14942 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14943 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14944 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14945 must be available.
14946
14947 \(fn)" nil nil)
14948
14949 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14950 Create an image.
14951 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14952 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14953 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14954 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14955 use its file extension as image type.
14956 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14957 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14958 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14959 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14960
14961 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14962
14963 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14964 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14965 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14966
14967 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14968
14969 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14970 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14971 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14972 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14973 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14974 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14975 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14976 POS may be an integer or marker.
14977 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14978 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14979 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14980 means display it in the right marginal area.
14981
14982 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14983
14984 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14985 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14986 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14987 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14988 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14989 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14990 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14991 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14992 means display it in the right marginal area.
14993 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14994 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14995 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14996 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14997 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14998
14999 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15000
15001 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15002 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15003 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15004 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15005 STRING is a single space.
15006 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15007 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15008 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15009 means display it in the right marginal area.
15010 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15011
15012 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15013
15014 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15015 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15016 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15017 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15018
15019 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15020
15021 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15022 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15023
15024 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15025
15026 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15027 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15028 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15029 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15030 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15031 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15032 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15033 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15034 satisfied.
15035
15036 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15037
15038 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15039
15040 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15041
15042 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15043 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15044
15045 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15046 documentation string.
15047
15048 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15049 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15050 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15051 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15052 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15053 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15054 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15055 define SYMBOL.
15056
15057 Example:
15058
15059 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15060 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15061
15062 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15063
15064 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15065
15066 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15067 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15068 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15069 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15070
15071 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15072 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15073 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15074 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15075
15076 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15077
15078 \(fn)" nil nil)
15079
15080 ;;;***
15081 \f
15082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21291 9464
15083 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
15084 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15085 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15086
15087 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15088 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15089 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15090 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15091 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15092 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15093
15094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15095
15096 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15097 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15098
15099 Convenience command that:
15100
15101 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15102 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15103 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15104
15105 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15106 image files in dired and type
15107 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15108
15109 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15110
15111 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15112 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15113
15114 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15115
15116 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15117 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15118 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15119 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15120 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15121 another one).
15122
15123 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15124 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15125 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15126
15127 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15128 instead of erasing it first.
15129
15130 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15131 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15132 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15133 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15134 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15135 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15136
15137 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15138
15139 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15140 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15141 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15142 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15143 displayed.
15144
15145 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15146
15147 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15148
15149 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15150
15151 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15152 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15153
15154 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15155
15156 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15157 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15158 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15159
15160 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15161
15162 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15163 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15164
15165 \(fn)" t nil)
15166
15167 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15168 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15169 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15170 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15171
15172 \(fn)" t nil)
15173
15174 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15175 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15176
15177 \(fn)" t nil)
15178
15179 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15180 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15181
15182 \(fn)" t nil)
15183
15184 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15185 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15186
15187 \(fn)" t nil)
15188
15189 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15190 Display current image file.
15191 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15192 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15193
15194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15195
15196 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15197 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15198
15199 \(fn)" t nil)
15200
15201 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15202 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15203 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15204 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15205 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15206 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15207 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15208
15209 \(fn)" t nil)
15210
15211 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15212 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15213 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15214 easy-to-use form.
15215
15216 \(fn)" t nil)
15217
15218 ;;;***
15219 \f
15220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21291 9464 291241
15221 ;;;;;; 0))
15222 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15223
15224 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15225 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15226 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15227 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15228
15229 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15230 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15231 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15232 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15233
15234 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15235
15236 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15237 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15238 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15239 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15240
15241 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15242 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15243 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15244 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15245
15246 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15247
15248 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15249 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15250
15251 \(fn)" nil nil)
15252
15253 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15254 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15255 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15256 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15257
15258 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15259
15260 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15261 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15262 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15264 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15265 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15266
15267 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15268
15269 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15270 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15273 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15274
15275 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15276 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15277 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15278
15279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15280
15281 ;;;***
15282 \f
15283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21291 9464 291241
15284 ;;;;;; 0))
15285 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15286
15287 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15288 Major mode for image files.
15289 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15290 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15291
15292 Key bindings:
15293 \\{image-mode-map}
15294
15295 \(fn)" t nil)
15296
15297 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15298 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15299 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15300 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15301 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15302
15303 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15304 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15305 actual image.
15306
15307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15308
15309 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15310 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15311 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15312 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15313 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15314 to display an image file as the actual image.
15315
15316 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15317 to display an image file as text initially.
15318
15319 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15320 on these modes.
15321
15322 \(fn)" t nil)
15323
15324 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15325
15326
15327 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15328
15329 ;;;***
15330 \f
15331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
15332 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15333
15334 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15335 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15336
15337 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15338
15339 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15340 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15341 in the buffer.
15342
15343 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15344
15345 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15346 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15347 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15348
15349 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15350
15351 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15352 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15353 Each element of this list should have the form
15354
15355 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15356
15357 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15358 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15359 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15360 matches are put).
15361 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15362 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15363 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15364 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15365 another element.
15366 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15367 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15368 the menu item.
15369 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15370 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15371 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15372 the ARGUMENTS.
15373
15374 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15375 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15376 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15377
15378 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15379 create a buffer index.
15380
15381 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15382 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15383 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15384 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15385 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15386
15387 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15388
15389 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15390 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15391
15392 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15393 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15394 called within a `save-excursion'.
15395
15396 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15397
15398 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15399
15400 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15401 Function for finding the next index position.
15402
15403 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15404 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15405 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15406 file.
15407
15408 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15409 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15410
15411 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15412
15413 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15414 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15415
15416 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15417 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15418 It should return the name for that index item.")
15419
15420 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15421
15422 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15423 Function to compare string with index item.
15424
15425 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15426 non-nil if they match.
15427
15428 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15429 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15430 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15431 arguments match\".")
15432
15433 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15434
15435 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15436 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15437 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15438
15439 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15440 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15441
15442 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15443
15444 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15445
15446 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15447 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15448 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15449 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15450
15451 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15452
15453 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15454 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15455
15456 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15457
15458 \(fn)" t nil)
15459
15460 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15461 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15462 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15463 for more information.
15464
15465 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15466
15467 ;;;***
15468 \f
15469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21291 9464
15470 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
15471 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15472
15473 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15474 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15475
15476 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15477
15478 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15479
15480
15481 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15482
15483 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15484
15485
15486 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15487
15488 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15489
15490
15491 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15492
15493 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15494 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15495
15496 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15497
15498 ;;;***
15499 \f
15500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21291 9464
15501 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
15502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15503
15504 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15505 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15506 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15507 to that buffer.
15508 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15509 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15510 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15511 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15512
15513 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15514
15515 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15516
15517 ;;;***
15518 \f
15519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
15520 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15521
15522 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15523 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15524 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15525 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15526 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15527 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15528 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15529 first in this list.
15530
15531 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15532 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15533 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15534 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15535 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15536
15537 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15538 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15539 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15540
15541 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15542 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15543
15544 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15545 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15546
15547 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15548 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15549 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15550 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15551 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15552 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15553 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15554 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15555 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15556 with the top-level Info directory.
15557
15558 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15559 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15560
15561 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15562 \"*info*<%s>\".
15563
15564 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15565 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15566 in all the directories in that path.
15567
15568 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15569
15570 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15571
15572 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15573 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15574
15575 \(fn)" t nil)
15576
15577 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15578 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15579
15580 \(fn)" t nil)
15581
15582 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15583 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15584 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15585 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15586
15587 \(fn)" nil nil)
15588
15589 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15590 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15591 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15592 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15593
15594 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15595
15596 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15597 Go to the Info directory node.
15598
15599 \(fn)" t nil)
15600
15601 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15602 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15603 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15604 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15605 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15606 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15607
15608 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15609
15610 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15611 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15612 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15613
15614 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15615
15616 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15617 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15618 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15619 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15620 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15621
15622 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15623
15624 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15625 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15626 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15627 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15628 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15629
15630 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15631 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15632
15633 Selecting other nodes:
15634 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15635 Follow a node reference you click on.
15636 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15637 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15638 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15639 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15640 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15641 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15642 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15643 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15644 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15645 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15646 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15647 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15648 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15649 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15650 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15651 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15652 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15653 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15654 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15655 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15656
15657 Moving within a node:
15658 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15659 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15660 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15661 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15662 move up to the parent node.
15663 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15664 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15665 if there is none.
15666 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15667
15668 Advanced commands:
15669 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15670 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15671 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15672 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15673 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15674 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15675 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15676 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15677 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15678 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15679 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15680 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15681 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15682 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15683 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15684 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15685
15686 \(fn)" t nil)
15687 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15688
15689 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15690 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15691 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15692 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15693 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15694 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15695
15696 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15697 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15698
15699 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15700 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15701 KEY is a string.
15702 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15703 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15704 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15705 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15706
15707 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15708
15709 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15710 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15711 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15712
15713 \(fn)" t nil)
15714
15715 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15716 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15717 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15718
15719 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15720
15721 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15722 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15723 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15724 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15725
15726 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15727
15728 ;;;***
15729 \f
15730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21291 9464 291241
15731 ;;;;;; 0))
15732 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15733
15734 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15735 Throw away all cached data.
15736 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15737 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15738 system.
15739
15740 \(fn)" t nil)
15741 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15742
15743 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15744 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15745 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15746 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15747 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15748 one found at point.
15749
15750 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15751
15752 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15753 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15754
15755 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15756 Display the documentation of a file.
15757 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15758 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15759 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15760 The default file name is the one found at point.
15761
15762 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15763
15764 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15765
15766 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15767 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15768
15769 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15770
15771 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15772 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15773
15774 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15775
15776 ;;;***
15777 \f
15778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21291 9464 291241
15779 ;;;;;; 0))
15780 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15781 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15782
15783 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15784 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15785 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15786 current info file is the default.
15787
15788 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15789 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15790 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15791 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15792 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15793
15794 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15795 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15796 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15797 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15798 mistake in the reference.
15799
15800 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15801 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15802 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15803
15804 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15805 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15806 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15807 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15808
15809 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15810
15811 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15812 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15813 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15814 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15815 checked.
15816
15817 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15818 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15819 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15820 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15821 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15822 should be harmless.
15823
15824 \(fn)" t nil)
15825
15826 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15827 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15828 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15829 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15830
15831 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15832 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15833 and can take a long time.
15834
15835 \(fn)" t nil)
15836
15837 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15838 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15839 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15840
15841 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15842
15843 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15844 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15845
15846 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15847 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15848 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15849 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15850 all builtins).
15851
15852 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15853 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15854 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15855 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15856 the sources handy.
15857
15858 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15859
15860 ;;;***
15861 \f
15862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21291 9464 291241
15863 ;;;;;; 0))
15864 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15865
15866 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15867 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15868
15869 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15870
15871 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15872 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15873
15874 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15875
15876 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15877 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15878 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15879 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15880
15881 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15882 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15883 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15884
15885 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15886 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15887 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15888 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15889
15890 \(fn)" t nil)
15891
15892 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15893 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15894 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15895
15896 \(fn)" t nil)
15897
15898 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15899 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15900 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15901 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15902 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15903
15904 \(fn)" nil nil)
15905
15906 ;;;***
15907 \f
15908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21291 9464
15909 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
15910 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15911 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15912
15913 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15914 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15915 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15916
15917 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15918
15919 ;;;***
15920 \f
15921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21291
15922 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
15923 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15924
15925 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15926 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15927
15928 \(fn)" t nil)
15929
15930 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15931 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15932
15933 \(fn)" t nil)
15934
15935 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15936
15937
15938 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15939
15940 ;;;***
15941 \f
15942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21291 9464 291241
15943 ;;;;;; 0))
15944 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15945 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15946
15947 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15948 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15949 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15950 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15951 accessed via isearchb.
15952
15953 \(fn)" t nil)
15954
15955 ;;;***
15956 \f
15957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21291
15958 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
15959 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15960
15961 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15962 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15963 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15964 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15965 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15966
15967 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15968
15969 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15970 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15971 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15972 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15973 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15974
15975 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15976
15977 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15978 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15979 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15980 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15981 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15982
15983 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15984
15985 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15986 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15987 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15988 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15989 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15990
15991 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15992
15993 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15994 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15995 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15996 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15997 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15998
15999 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16000
16001 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16002 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16003 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16004 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16005 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16006
16007 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16008
16009 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16010 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16011 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16012 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16013 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16014
16015 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16016
16017 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16018 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16019 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16020 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16021
16022 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16023
16024 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16025 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16026 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16027 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16028
16029 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16030
16031 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16032 Warn that format is read-only.
16033
16034 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16035
16036 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16037 Warn that format is write-only.
16038
16039 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16040
16041 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16042 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16043
16044 \(fn)" t nil)
16045
16046 ;;;***
16047 \f
16048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16049 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
16050 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16051 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16052 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16053
16054 ;;;***
16055 \f
16056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21291 9464
16057 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
16058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16059
16060 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16061
16062 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16063 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16064 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16065 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16066 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16067
16068 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16069
16070 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16071
16072 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16073 Key map for ispell menu.")
16074
16075 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16076 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16077 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16078 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16079
16080 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16081
16082 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16083
16084 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16085
16086 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16087
16088 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16089 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16090 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16091 Valid forms include:
16092 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16093 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16094 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16095 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16096
16097 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16098 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16099 First list is used raw.
16100 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16101
16102 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16103 for skipping in latex mode.")
16104
16105 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16106 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16107 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16108 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16109 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16110 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16111 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16112
16113 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16114 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16115 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16116 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16117
16118 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16119 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16120 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16121 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16122 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16123
16124 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16125 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16126
16127 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16128 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16129
16130 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16131 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16132
16133 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16134 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16135
16136 Return values:
16137 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16138 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16139 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16140 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16141 quit spell session exited.
16142
16143 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16144
16145 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16146 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16147 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16148
16149 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16150
16151 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16152 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16153
16154 Selections are:
16155
16156 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16157 SPC: Accept word this time.
16158 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16159 `a': Accept word for this session.
16160 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16161 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16162 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16163 `?': Show these commands.
16164 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16165 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16166 the aborted check to be completed later.
16167 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16168 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16169 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16170 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16171 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16172 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16173 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16174
16175 \(fn)" nil nil)
16176
16177 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16178 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16179 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16180 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16181
16182 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16183
16184 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16185 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16186 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16187 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16188
16189 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16190
16191 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16192
16193 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16194 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16195 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16196 amount for last line processed.
16197
16198 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16199
16200 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16201 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16202
16203 \(fn)" t nil)
16204
16205 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16206 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16207
16208 \(fn)" t nil)
16209
16210 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16211 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16212 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16213
16214 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16215
16216 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16217 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16218
16219 \(fn)" t nil)
16220
16221 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16222 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16223 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16224 sequence inside of a word.
16225
16226 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16227
16228 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16229
16230 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16231 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16232
16233 \(fn)" t nil)
16234
16235 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16236 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16237 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16238 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16239
16240 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16241 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16242 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16243 available on the net.
16244
16245 \(fn)" t nil)
16246
16247 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16248 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16249 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16250 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16251 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16252
16253 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16254 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16255 spelled.
16256
16257 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16258 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16259 SPC.
16260
16261 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16262 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16263
16264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16265
16266 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16267 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16268 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16269 Don't check included messages.
16270
16271 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16272 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16273 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16274
16275 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16276 in your init file:
16277 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16278 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16279 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16280 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16281
16282 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16283 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16284 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16285
16286 \(fn)" t nil)
16287
16288 ;;;***
16289 \f
16290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21291
16291 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
16292 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16293
16294 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16295
16296
16297 \(fn)" nil nil)
16298
16299 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16300 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16301 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16302 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16303 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16304 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16305 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16306 necessary to represent OBJ.
16307
16308 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16309
16310 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16311 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16312 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16313 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16314
16315 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16316
16317 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16318 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16319 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16320 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16321 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16322
16323 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16324
16325 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16326 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16327 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16328 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16329
16330 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16331
16332 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16333 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16334 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16335 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16336
16337 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16338
16339 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16340 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16341
16342 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16343
16344 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16345 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16346 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16347 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16348 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16349
16350 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16351
16352 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16353 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16354 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16355 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16356 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16357
16358 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16359
16360 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16361 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16362 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16363
16364 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16365
16366 ;;;***
16367 \f
16368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21291 9464 291241
16369 ;;;;;; 0))
16370 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16371
16372 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16373 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16374 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16375 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16376
16377 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16378
16379
16380 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16381
16382 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16383 Uninstall jka-compr.
16384 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16385 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16386 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16387
16388 \(fn)" nil nil)
16389
16390 ;;;***
16391 \f
16392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16394 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16395
16396 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16397 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16398
16399 \(fn)" t nil)
16400 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16401
16402 ;;;***
16403 \f
16404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16405 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16406 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16407
16408 ;;;***
16409 \f
16410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21291 9464
16411 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
16412 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16413
16414 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16415 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16416 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16417 decimal key must be specified.")
16418
16419 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16420
16421 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16422 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16423 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16424 decimal key must be specified.")
16425
16426 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16427
16428 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16429 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16430 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16431 decimal key must be specified.")
16432
16433 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16434
16435 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16436 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16437 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16438 decimal key must be specified.")
16439
16440 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16441
16442 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16443 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16444 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16445 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16446 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16447 keys are bound.
16448
16449 Setup Binding
16450 -------------------------------------------------------------
16451 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16452 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16453 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16454 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16455 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16456 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16457 in the global and local keymaps.
16458
16459 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16460 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16461
16462 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16463
16464 ;;;***
16465 \f
16466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21291
16467 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
16468 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16469
16470 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16471 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16472 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16473
16474 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16475 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16476 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16477 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16478 shorter.
16479
16480 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16481 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16482 the context of text formatting.
16483
16484 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16485
16486 ;;;***
16487 \f
16488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21291 9464 291241
16489 ;;;;;; 0))
16490 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16491
16492 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16493 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16494 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16495 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16496 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16497 positions that contains the current selection.")
16498
16499 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16500 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16501 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16502 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16503 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16504 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16505 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16506
16507 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16508
16509 ;;;***
16510 \f
16511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16512 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16513 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16514 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16515 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16516 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16517 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16518 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16519 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16520
16521 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16522 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16523 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16524
16525 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16526
16527 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16528 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16529 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16530 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16531 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16532
16533 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16534
16535 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16536 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16537 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16538
16539 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16540 defining the macro.
16541
16542 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16543 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16544 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16545
16546 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16547 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16548
16549 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16550
16551 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16552 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16553 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16554 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16555 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16556 under that name.
16557
16558 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16559 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16560 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16561
16562 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16563
16564 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16565 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16566 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16567 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16568
16569 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16570 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16571 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16572 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16573
16574 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16575 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16576
16577 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16578
16579 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16580 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16581 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16582
16583 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16584 macro.
16585
16586 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16587 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16588
16589 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16590 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16591 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16592
16593 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16594 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16595
16596 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16597
16598 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16599 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16600 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16601 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16602
16603 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16604
16605 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16606 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16607 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16608 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16609
16610 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16611 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16612
16613 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16614
16615 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16616 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16617 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16618
16619 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16620
16621 ;;;***
16622 \f
16623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21291
16624 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
16625 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16626
16627 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16628 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16629 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16630
16631 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16632
16633
16634 \(fn)" nil nil)
16635
16636 ;;;***
16637 \f
16638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21291 9464 291241
16639 ;;;;;; 0))
16640 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16641
16642 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16643
16644 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16645 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16646
16647 \(fn)" t nil)
16648
16649 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16650 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16651 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16652 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16653
16654 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16655 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16656 none / 1 | yes | no
16657 2 | yes | yes
16658 3 | no | yes
16659 4 | no | no
16660
16661 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16662 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16663 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16664
16665 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16666
16667 ;;;***
16668 \f
16669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21291 9464
16670 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
16671 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16672
16673 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16674
16675
16676 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16677
16678 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16679 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16680 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16681 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16682 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16683 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16684
16685 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16686 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16687
16688 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16689
16690 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16691 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16692
16693 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16694
16695 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16696
16697
16698 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16699
16700 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16701
16702
16703 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16704
16705 ;;;***
16706 \f
16707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21291
16708 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
16709 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16710
16711 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16712 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16713 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16714 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16715
16716 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16717
16718 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16719 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16720 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16721
16722 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16723
16724 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16725 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16726 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16727
16728 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16729
16730 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16731 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16732 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16733 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16734
16735 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16736
16737 ;;;***
16738 \f
16739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16740 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
16741 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16742
16743 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16744 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16745 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16746 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16747 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16748 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16749 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16750 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16751
16752 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16753 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16754
16755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16756 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16757
16758 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16759
16760 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16761 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16762 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16763 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16764 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16765 `latin1-display-setup'.
16766
16767 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16768
16769 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16770 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16771 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16772 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16773
16774 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16775 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16776
16777 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16778
16779 ;;;***
16780 \f
16781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21291
16782 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
16783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16784
16785 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16786 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16787
16788 \(fn)" t nil)
16789
16790 ;;;***
16791 \f
16792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16793 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16794
16795 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16796 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16797 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16798 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16799 generations (this defaults to 1).
16800
16801 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16802
16803 ;;;***
16804 \f
16805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16806 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16807 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16808
16809 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16810 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16812 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16813 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16814
16815 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16816
16817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16818
16819 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16820 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16821 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16822 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16823 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16824 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16825
16826 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16827
16828 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16829 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16830 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16831 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16832 ARG is omitted or nil.
16833
16834 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16835 `linum-on' would do it.
16836 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16837
16838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16839
16840 ;;;***
16841 \f
16842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21291 9464 291241
16843 ;;;;;; 0))
16844 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16845
16846 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16847 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16848 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16849 is nil, raise an error.
16850
16851 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16852 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16853 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16854 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16855 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16856 defined by the library.
16857
16858 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16859 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16860 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16861 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16862 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16863 proceeds.
16864
16865 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16866 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16867 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16868 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16869
16870 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16871
16872 ;;;***
16873 \f
16874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16875 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16876
16877 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16878 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16879 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16880
16881 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16882
16883 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16884 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16885 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16886 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16887
16888 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16889 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16890 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16891 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16892 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16893 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16894 the version.)
16895
16896 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16897 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16898
16899 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16900 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16901
16902 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16903 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16904
16905 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16906
16907 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16908 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16909 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16910 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16911 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16912 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16913 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16914 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16915 to constrain a big search.
16916
16917 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16918
16919 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16920 except that FILTER is not optional.
16921
16922 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16923
16924 ;;;***
16925 \f
16926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21291 9464 291241
16927 ;;;;;; 0))
16928 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16929
16930 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16931 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16932 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16933 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16934 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16935 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16936 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16937 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16938 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16939 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16940
16941 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16942 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16943 associated values:
16944 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16945 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16946 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16947 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16948 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16949
16950 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16951 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16952 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16953
16954 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16955
16956 ;;;***
16957 \f
16958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21291 9464 291241
16959 ;;;;;; 0))
16960 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16961
16962 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16963 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16964
16965 \(fn)" t nil)
16966
16967 ;;;***
16968 \f
16969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
16970 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16971
16972 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16973 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16974
16975 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16976 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16977
16978 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16979 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16980 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16981
16982 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16983 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16984
16985 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16986 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16987 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16988 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16989 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16990 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16991 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16992
16993 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16994
16995 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16996 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16997 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16998 switch on this list.
16999 See `lpr-command'.")
17000
17001 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17002
17003 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17004 Name of program for printing a file.
17005
17006 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17007 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17008 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17009 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17010 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17011 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17012 argument.")
17013
17014 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17015
17016 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17017 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17018 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17019 for customization of the printer command.
17020
17021 \(fn)" t nil)
17022
17023 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17024 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17025
17026 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17027 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17028 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17029 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17030
17031 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17032 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17033
17034 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17035 for further customization of the printer command.
17036
17037 \(fn)" t nil)
17038
17039 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17040 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17041 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17042 for customization of the printer command.
17043
17044 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17045
17046 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17047 Paginate and print the region contents.
17048
17049 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17050 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17051 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17052 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17053
17054 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17055 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17056
17057 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17058 for further customization of the printer command.
17059
17060 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17061
17062 ;;;***
17063 \f
17064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
17065 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17066
17067 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17068 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17069 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17070
17071 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17072
17073 ;;;***
17074 \f
17075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21291 9464 291241
17076 ;;;;;; 0))
17077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17078
17079 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17080 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17081 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17082 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17083
17084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17085
17086 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17087
17088 ;;;***
17089 \f
17090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21291 9464
17091 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
17092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17093
17094 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17095 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17096
17097 \(fn)" t nil)
17098
17099 ;;;***
17100 \f
17101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
17102 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17103
17104 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17105 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17106 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17107 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17108 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17109
17110 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17111
17112 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17113 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17114 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17115 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17116 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17117
17118 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17119 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17120 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17121 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17122 bindings.
17123
17124 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17125 use this command, and then save the file.
17126
17127 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17128
17129 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17130 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17131 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17132 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17133 each time the macro executes.
17134 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17135 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17136 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17137 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17138 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17139 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17140 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17141
17142 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17143
17144 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17145 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17146 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17147 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17148
17149 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17150 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17151 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17152 execute.
17153
17154 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17155 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17156
17157 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17158 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17159 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17160 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17161 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17162
17163 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17164 looked like this:
17165
17166 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17167 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17168 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17169
17170 You could enter the names in this format:
17171
17172 foo
17173 bar
17174 baz
17175
17176 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17177
17178 \\C-x (
17179 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17180 \\C-x )
17181
17182 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17183 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17184
17185 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17186 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17187
17188 ;;;***
17189 \f
17190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21291 9464
17191 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
17192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17193
17194 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17195 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17196 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17197 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17198 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17199 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17200
17201 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17202 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17203 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17204 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17205 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17206
17207 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17208 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17209 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17210 consing a string.)
17211
17212 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17213
17214 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17215 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17216
17217 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17218
17219 ;;;***
17220 \f
17221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21291 9464
17222 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
17223 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17224
17225 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17226 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17227
17228 \(fn)" nil nil)
17229
17230 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17231
17232
17233 \(fn)" nil nil)
17234
17235 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17236 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17237
17238 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17239
17240 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17241 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17242 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17243 message.
17244
17245 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17246
17247 \(fn)" nil nil)
17248
17249 ;;;***
17250 \f
17251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21291 9464
17252 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
17253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17254
17255 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17256 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17257 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17258 often correct parser.")
17259
17260 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17261
17262 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17263 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17264 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17265 a value which excludes your own email address.
17266
17267 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17268 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17269
17270 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17271
17272 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17273 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17274
17275 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17276
17277 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17278 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17279 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17280 we return it unconverted.
17281
17282 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17283 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17284
17285 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17286
17287 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17288 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17289 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17290 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17291
17292 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17293
17294 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17295 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17296 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17297 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17298
17299 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17300
17301 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17302 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17303 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17304 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17305 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17306 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17307 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17308 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17309 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17310 as Rmail does.
17311
17312 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17313
17314 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17315 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17316 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17317 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17318 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17319 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17320 matches may be returned from the message body.
17321
17322 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17323
17324 ;;;***
17325 \f
17326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21291 9464
17327 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
17328 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17329
17330 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17331 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17332 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17333 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17334 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17335 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17336
17337 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17338
17339 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17340 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17341 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17342 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17343 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17344
17345 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17346 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17347 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17348 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17349
17350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17351
17352 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17353 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17354
17355 \(fn)" nil nil)
17356
17357 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17358 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17359 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17360
17361 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17362
17363 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17364 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17365 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17366
17367 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17368 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17369 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17370 double-quotes.
17371
17372 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17373
17374 ;;;***
17375 \f
17376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21291 9464
17377 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
17378 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17379
17380 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17381 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17382 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17383 king@grassland.com
17384 If `parens', they look like:
17385 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17386 If `angles', they look like:
17387 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17388
17389 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17390
17391 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17392 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17393 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17394 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17395 their `Resent-' variants.
17396
17397 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17398 removed from alias expansions.
17399
17400 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17401
17402 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17403 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17404 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17405
17406 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17407 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17408 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17409 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17410
17411 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17412
17413 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17414 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17415 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17416
17417 \(fn)" nil nil)
17418
17419 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17420 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17421 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17422 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17423
17424 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17425
17426 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17427
17428 ;;;***
17429 \f
17430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21291 9464
17431 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
17432 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17433
17434 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17435 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17436 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17437 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17438
17439 \(fn)" nil nil)
17440
17441 ;;;***
17442 \f
17443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21291
17444 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
17445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17446
17447 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17448 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17449
17450 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17451 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17452 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17453 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17454 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17455 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17456
17457 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17458 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17459 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17460 dependency, despite the colon.
17461
17462 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17463
17464 In the browser, use the following keys:
17465
17466 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17467
17468 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17469
17470 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17471 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17472
17473 `makefile-target-colon':
17474 The string that gets appended to all target names
17475 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17476 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17477
17478 `makefile-macro-assign':
17479 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17480 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17481 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17482 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17483 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17484 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17485
17486 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17487 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17488 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17489
17490 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17491 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17492
17493 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17494 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17495 up or down in the browser.
17496
17497 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17498 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17499
17500 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17501 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17502
17503 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17504 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17505 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17506 has been selected in the browser.
17507
17508 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17509 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17510 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17511 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17512 filenames are omitted.
17513
17514 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17515 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17516 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17517 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17518 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17519 the backslash itself intact.
17520 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17521 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17522
17523 `makefile-browser-hook':
17524 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17525 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17526
17527 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17528 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17529 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17530 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17531
17532 \(fn)" t nil)
17533
17534 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17535 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17536
17537 \(fn)" t nil)
17538
17539 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17540 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17541
17542 \(fn)" t nil)
17543
17544 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17545 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17546
17547 \(fn)" t nil)
17548
17549 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17550 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17551
17552 \(fn)" t nil)
17553
17554 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17555 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17556
17557 \(fn)" t nil)
17558
17559 ;;;***
17560 \f
17561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
17562 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17563
17564 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17565 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17566 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17567
17568 \(fn)" t nil)
17569
17570 ;;;***
17571 \f
17572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
17573 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17574
17575 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17576
17577 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17578 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17579 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17580 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17581 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17582 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17583 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17584 page, it will display immediately.
17585
17586 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17587 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17588 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17589
17590 cat(1)
17591 1 cat
17592
17593 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17594 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17595 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17596 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17597
17598 -a chmod
17599
17600 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17601 otherwise look like a page name.
17602
17603 /my/file/name.1.gz
17604 -l somefile.1
17605
17606 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17607 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17608 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17609
17610 -k pattern
17611
17612 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17613
17614 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17615 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17616
17617 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17618
17619 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17620 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17621
17622 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17623
17624 ;;;***
17625 \f
17626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
17627 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17628 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17629
17630 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17631 Toggle Master mode.
17632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17633 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17634 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17635
17636 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17637 using the following commands:
17638
17639 \\{master-mode-map}
17640
17641 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17642 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17643 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17644
17645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17646
17647 ;;;***
17648 \f
17649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21291 9464 291241
17650 ;;;;;; 0))
17651 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17652
17653 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17654 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17655 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17657 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17658 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17659
17660 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17661
17662 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17663 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17665 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17666 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17667
17668 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17669 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17670 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17671 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17672
17673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17674
17675 ;;;***
17676 \f
17677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
17678 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17679 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17680
17681 ;;;***
17682 \f
17683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21291 9464 291241
17684 ;;;;;; 0))
17685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17686
17687 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17688
17689 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17690 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17691 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17692 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17693 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17694 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17695 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17696 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17697 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17698 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17699 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17700 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17701 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17702 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17703 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17704 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17705 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17706 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17707 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17708 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17709 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17710 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17711 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17712 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17713 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17714 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17715 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17716 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17717 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17718 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17719 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17720 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17721 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17722 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17723 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17724 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17725 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17726 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17727
17728 \(fn)" t nil)
17729
17730 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17731 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17732 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17733 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17734 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17735
17736 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17737
17738 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17739 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17740
17741 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17742
17743 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17744 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17745
17746 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17747
17748 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17749 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17750
17751 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17752
17753 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17754 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17755 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17756
17757 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17758
17759 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17760 Cancel an article you posted.
17761 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17762
17763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17764
17765 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17766 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17767 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17768 header line with the old Message-ID.
17769
17770 \(fn)" t nil)
17771
17772 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17773 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17774
17775 \(fn)" t nil)
17776
17777 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17778 Forward the current message via mail.
17779 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17780 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17781
17782 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17783
17784 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17785
17786
17787 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17788
17789 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17790
17791
17792 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17793
17794 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17795 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17796
17797 \(fn)" t nil)
17798
17799 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17800 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17801
17802 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17803
17804 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17805 Re-mail the current message.
17806 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17807 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17808 you.
17809
17810 \(fn)" t nil)
17811
17812 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17813 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17814
17815 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17816
17817 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17818 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17819
17820 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17821
17822 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17823 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17824
17825 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17826
17827 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17828 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17829
17830 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17831
17832 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17833 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17834 Works by overstriking characters.
17835 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17836 which specify the range to operate on.
17837
17838 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17839
17840 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17841 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17842 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17843 which specify the range to operate on.
17844
17845 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17846
17847 ;;;***
17848 \f
17849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21291
17850 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
17851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17852 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17853
17854 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17855 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17856
17857 \(fn)" t nil)
17858
17859 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17860 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17861
17862 \(fn)" t nil)
17863
17864 ;;;***
17865 \f
17866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21291 9464 291241
17867 ;;;;;; 0))
17868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17869
17870 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17871 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17872 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17873
17874 \(fn)" t nil)
17875
17876 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17877 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17878 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17879 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17880 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17881 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17882 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17883
17884 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17885
17886 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17887 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17888 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17889 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17890 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17891 means current).
17892 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17893 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17894
17895 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17896
17897 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17898 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17899 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17900 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17901 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17902 means current).
17903 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17904 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17905
17906 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17907
17908 ;;;***
17909 \f
17910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21291 9464 291241
17911 ;;;;;; 0))
17912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17913
17914 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17915 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17916 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17917
17918 \(fn)" t nil)
17919
17920 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17921 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17922 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17923
17924 \(fn)" t nil)
17925
17926 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17927 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17928
17929 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17930 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17931 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17932
17933 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17934 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17935
17936 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17937 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17938
17939 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17940
17941 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17942
17943 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17944 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17945 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17946 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17947 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17948 as `compose-mail'.
17949
17950 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17951 initial Subject field, respectively.
17952
17953 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17954 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17955 are strings.
17956
17957 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17958 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17959
17960 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17961
17962 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17963 Save draft and send message.
17964
17965 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17966 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17967 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17968 Mail Delivery*\".
17969
17970 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17971 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17972 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17973
17974 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17975 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17976 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17977 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17978 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17979 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17980
17981 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17982 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17983
17984 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17985 message and scan line.
17986
17987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17988
17989 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17990 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17991
17992 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17993 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17994 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17995 delete the draft message.
17996
17997 \(fn)" t nil)
17998
17999 ;;;***
18000 \f
18001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
18002 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18003 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18004
18005 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18006
18007 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18008
18009 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18010
18011 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18012 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18013
18014 \(fn)" t nil)
18015
18016 ;;;***
18017 \f
18018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21291 9464
18019 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
18020 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18021
18022 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18023 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18024 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18025
18026 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18027 the MH mail system.
18028
18029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18030
18031 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18032 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18033 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18034
18035 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18036 the MH mail system.
18037
18038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18039
18040 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18041 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18042
18043 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18044 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18045 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18046 separate command.
18047
18048 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18049 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18050 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18051 format.
18052
18053 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18054
18055 Ranges
18056 ======
18057 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18058 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18059 can be used in several ways.
18060
18061 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18062 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18063 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18064 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18065 page):
18066
18067 <num1>-<num2>
18068 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18069 The range must be nonempty.
18070
18071 <num>:N
18072 <num>:+N
18073 <num>:-N
18074 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18075 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18076 last.
18077
18078 first:N
18079 prev:N
18080 next:N
18081 last:N
18082 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18083
18084 all
18085 All of the messages.
18086
18087 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18088 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18089
18090 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18091 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18092 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18093
18094 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18095
18096 \(fn)" t nil)
18097
18098 ;;;***
18099 \f
18100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21291 9464 291241
18101 ;;;;;; 0))
18102 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18103
18104 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18105 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18106 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18107 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18108 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18109 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18110 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18111 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18112 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18113 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18114 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18115
18116 \(fn)" t nil)
18117
18118 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18119 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18120 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18121 to its second argument TM.
18122
18123 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18124
18125 ;;;***
18126 \f
18127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21291 9464
18128 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
18129 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18130
18131 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18132 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18133 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18136 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18137
18138 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18139
18140 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18141 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18143 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18144 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18145
18146 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18147 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18148 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18149 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18150 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18151 is modified to remove the default indication.
18152
18153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18154
18155 ;;;***
18156 \f
18157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
18158 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18159
18160 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18161 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18162 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18163 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18164 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18165 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18166 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18167 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18168 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18169
18170 \(fn)" t nil)
18171
18172 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18173 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18174 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18175 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18176 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18177 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18178 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18179 The return value is always nil.
18180
18181 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18182
18183 ;;;***
18184 \f
18185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21291 9464 291241
18186 ;;;;;; 0))
18187 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18188 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18189
18190 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18191 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18192
18193 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18194 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18195 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18196 next occurrence.
18197
18198 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18199 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18200 end of the search space).
18201
18202 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18203 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18204 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18205 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18206 should return the previous buffer to search.
18207
18208 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18209 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18210 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18211
18212 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18213 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18214 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18215 Isearch starts.")
18216
18217 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18218 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18219 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18220
18221 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18222 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18223 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18224
18225 \(fn)" nil nil)
18226
18227 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18228 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18229 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18230 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18231 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18232 whose names match the specified regexp.
18233
18234 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18235
18236 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18237 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18238 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18239 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18240 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18241 whose names match the specified regexp.
18242
18243 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18244
18245 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18246 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18247 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18248 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18249 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18250 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18251 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18252
18253 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18254
18255 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18256 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18257 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18258 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18259 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18260 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18261 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18262
18263 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18264
18265 ;;;***
18266 \f
18267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21291
18268 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
18269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18270 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18271
18272 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18273 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18274
18275 \(fn)" t nil)
18276
18277 ;;;***
18278 \f
18279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21291 9464
18280 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
18281 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18282
18283 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18284 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18285
18286 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18287
18288 ;;;***
18289 \f
18290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21291 9464
18291 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
18292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18293
18294 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18295 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18296
18297 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18298
18299 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18300 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18301 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18302 the entire message.
18303 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18304
18305 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18306
18307 ;;;***
18308 \f
18309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21291 9464
18310 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18312
18313 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18314 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18315 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18316 the entire message.
18317 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18318
18319 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18320
18321 ;;;***
18322 \f
18323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21291 9464 291241
18324 ;;;;;; 0))
18325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18326
18327 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18328 Insert file contents of URL.
18329 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18330
18331 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18332
18333 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18334 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18335
18336 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18337
18338 ;;;***
18339 \f
18340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21291 9464 291241
18341 ;;;;;; 0))
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18343
18344 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18345 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18346 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18347 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18348 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18349
18350 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18351
18352 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18353 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18354 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18355
18356 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18357
18358 ;;;***
18359 \f
18360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
18361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18362
18363 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18364 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18365
18366 \(fn)" nil nil)
18367
18368 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18369 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18370 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18371 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18372 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18373
18374 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18375 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18376 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18377 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18378 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18379 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18380
18381 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18382
18383 ;;;***
18384 \f
18385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21291 9464 291241
18386 ;;;;;; 0))
18387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18388
18389 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18390
18391
18392 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18393
18394 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18395
18396
18397 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18398
18399 ;;;***
18400 \f
18401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21291 9464 291241
18402 ;;;;;; 0))
18403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18404
18405 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18406
18407
18408 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18409
18410 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18411
18412
18413 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18414
18415 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18416
18417
18418 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18419
18420 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18421
18422
18423 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18424
18425 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18426
18427
18428 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18429
18430 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18431
18432
18433 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18434
18435 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18436
18437
18438 \(fn)" nil nil)
18439
18440 ;;;***
18441 \f
18442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21291 9464
18443 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
18444 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18445
18446 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18447
18448 ;;;***
18449 \f
18450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21291 9464
18451 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
18452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18453
18454 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18455
18456 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18457 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18458 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18459 followed by the first character of the construct.
18460 \\<m2-mode-map>
18461 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18462 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18463 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18464 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18465 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18466 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18467 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18468 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18469 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18470 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18471 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18472 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18473 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18474 \\[m2-link] link
18475
18476 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18477 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18478 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18479
18480 \(fn)" t nil)
18481
18482 ;;;***
18483 \f
18484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21291 9464 291241
18485 ;;;;;; 0))
18486 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18487
18488 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18489 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18490
18491 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18492
18493 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18494 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18495
18496 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18497
18498 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18499 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18500
18501 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18502
18503 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18504 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18505
18506 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18507
18508 ;;;***
18509 \f
18510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21291 9464 291241
18511 ;;;;;; 0))
18512 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18513
18514 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18515 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18516
18517 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18518 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18519 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18520
18521 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18522 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18523 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18524
18525 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18526 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18527
18528 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18529 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18530 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18531 hemisphere you're in.)
18532
18533 To test this function, evaluate:
18534 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18535
18536 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18537
18538 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18539 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18540
18541 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18542 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18543
18544 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18545 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18546 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18547
18548 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18549 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18550
18551 To test this function, evaluate:
18552 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18553
18554 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18555
18556 ;;;***
18557 \f
18558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21346 11577 511879 0))
18559 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18560
18561 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18562 Main entry point for MPC.
18563
18564 \(fn)" t nil)
18565
18566 ;;;***
18567 \f
18568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
18569 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18570
18571 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18572 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18573
18574 \(fn)" t nil)
18575
18576 ;;;***
18577 \f
18578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
18579 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18580
18581 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18582 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18583 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18584 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18585 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18586 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18587
18588 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18589
18590 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18591 Toggle Msb mode.
18592 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18593 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18594 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18595
18596 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18597 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18598
18599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18600
18601 ;;;***
18602 \f
18603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21291
18604 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
18605 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18606
18607 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18608 Display a list of all character sets.
18609
18610 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18611 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18612 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18613 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18614 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18615
18616 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18617 but still shows the full information.
18618
18619 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18620
18621 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18622 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18623 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18624
18625 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18626 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18627 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18628 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18629 meanings of these arguments.
18630
18631 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18632
18633 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18634 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18635
18636 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18637
18638 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18639 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18640
18641 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18642
18643 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18645
18646 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18647
18648 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18649 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18650
18651 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18652 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18653 in place of `..':
18654 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18655 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18656 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18657 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18658 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18659 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18660 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18661 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18662 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18663 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18664 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18665 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18666 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18667 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18668 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18669 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18670
18671 \(fn)" t nil)
18672
18673 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18674 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18675
18676 \(fn)" t nil)
18677
18678 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18679 Display a list of all coding systems.
18680 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18681
18682 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18683 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18684
18685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18686
18687 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18688 Display a list of all coding categories.
18689
18690 \(fn)" nil nil)
18691
18692 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18693 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18694 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18695
18696 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18697
18698 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18699 Display information about FONTSET.
18700 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18701
18702 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18703
18704 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18705 Display a list of all fontsets.
18706 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18707 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18708 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18709
18710 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18711
18712 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18713 Display information about all input methods.
18714
18715 \(fn)" t nil)
18716
18717 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18718 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18719
18720 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18721 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18722 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18723 system which uses fontsets).
18724
18725 \(fn)" t nil)
18726
18727 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18728 Show log of font listing and opening.
18729 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18730 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18731
18732 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18733
18734 ;;;***
18735 \f
18736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21291
18737 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
18738 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18739
18740 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18741 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18742
18743 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18744 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18745
18746 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18747 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18748
18749 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18750
18751 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18752 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18753 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18754 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18755 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18756 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18757 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18758
18759 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18760 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18761 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18762 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18763 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18764 middle of a character in STR.
18765
18766 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18767 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18768
18769 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18770 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18771 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18772 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18773 defaults to \"...\".
18774
18775 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18776
18777 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18778 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18779
18780 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18781 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18782 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18783
18784 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18785 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18786 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18787
18788 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18789 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18790 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18791 are considered.
18792 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18793 longer than KEYSEQ.
18794 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18795
18796 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18797
18798 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18799 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18800 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18801 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18802 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18803 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18804 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18805 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18806 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18807 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18808 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18809
18810 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18811
18812 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18813 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18814
18815 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18816
18817 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18818 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18819
18820 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18821
18822 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18823 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18824
18825 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18826
18827 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18828 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18829
18830 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18831
18832 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18833 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18834 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18835 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18836 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18837
18838 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18839 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18840
18841 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18842 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18843 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18844 coding systems ordered by priority.
18845
18846 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18847
18848 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18849
18850 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18851 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18852 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18853 language environment LANG-ENV.
18854
18855 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18856
18857 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18858 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18859 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18860 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18861 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18862 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18863
18864 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18865
18866 ;;;***
18867 \f
18868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21291 9464
18869 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
18870 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18871
18872 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18873 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18874
18875 \(fn)" t nil)
18876
18877 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18878 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18879
18880 \(fn)" t nil)
18881
18882 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18883 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18884
18885 \(fn)" t nil)
18886
18887 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18888 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18889
18890 \(fn)" t nil)
18891
18892 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18893 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18894
18895 \(fn)" t nil)
18896
18897 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18898 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18899
18900 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18901
18902 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18903 Ping HOST.
18904 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18905 `ping-program-options'.
18906
18907 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18908
18909 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18910 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18911
18912 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18913
18914 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18915 Run nslookup program.
18916
18917 \(fn)" t nil)
18918
18919 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18920 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18921
18922 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18923
18924 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18925 Run dig program.
18926
18927 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18928
18929 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18930 Run ftp program.
18931
18932 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18933
18934 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18935 Finger USER on HOST.
18936
18937 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18938
18939 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18940 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18941 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18942 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18943
18944 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18945
18946 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18947
18948
18949 \(fn)" t nil)
18950
18951 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18952 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18953
18954 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18955
18956 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18957 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18958
18959 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18960
18961 ;;;***
18962 \f
18963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
18964 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18965
18966 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18967 Return a user name/password pair.
18968 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18969 listed in the PORTS list.
18970
18971 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18972
18973 ;;;***
18974 \f
18975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21291
18976 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
18977 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18978
18979 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18980 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18981 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18982 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18983 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18984 closes it.
18985
18986 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18987 make it unique.
18988 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18989 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18990 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18991 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18992 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18993 a port number to connect to.
18994
18995 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18996 values:
18997
18998 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18999 nil or `network'
19000 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19001 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19002 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19003 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19004 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19005 an unencrypted connection.
19006 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19007 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19008 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19009 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19010 returned object is a killed process.
19011 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19012 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19013 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19014
19015 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19016 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19017 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19018 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19019 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19020 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19021 or nil if none could be found.
19022 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19023 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19024
19025 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19026
19027 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19028 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19029 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19030
19031 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19032 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19033 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19034
19035 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19036 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19037 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19038
19039 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19040 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19041 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19042 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19043
19044 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19045 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19046
19047 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19048 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19049 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19050 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19051 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19052 or STARTTLS connections.
19053
19054 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19055 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19056
19057 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19058 a greeting from the server.
19059
19060 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19061 asynchronously, if possible.
19062
19063 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19064
19065 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19066
19067 ;;;***
19068 \f
19069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21291
19070 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
19071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19072
19073 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19074 Check whether newsticker is running.
19075 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19076 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19077
19078 \(fn)" nil nil)
19079
19080 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19081 Start the newsticker.
19082 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19083 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19084 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19085 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19086
19087 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19088
19089 ;;;***
19090 \f
19091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19092 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
19093 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19094
19095 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19096 Start newsticker plainview.
19097
19098 \(fn)" t nil)
19099
19100 ;;;***
19101 \f
19102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21291
19103 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
19104 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19105
19106 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19107 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19108
19109 \(fn)" t nil)
19110
19111 ;;;***
19112 \f
19113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21291
19114 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
19115 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19116
19117 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19118 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19119 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19120 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19121 empty.
19122
19123 \(fn)" nil nil)
19124
19125 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19126 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19127 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19128 running already.
19129
19130 \(fn)" t nil)
19131
19132 ;;;***
19133 \f
19134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21291
19135 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
19136 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19137
19138 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19139 Start newsticker treeview.
19140
19141 \(fn)" t nil)
19142
19143 ;;;***
19144 \f
19145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21291 9464
19146 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19148 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19149
19150 ;;;***
19151 \f
19152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21291 9464 291241
19153 ;;;;;; 0))
19154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19155
19156 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19157 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19158
19159 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19160
19161 ;;;***
19162 \f
19163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21291 9464 291241
19164 ;;;;;; 0))
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19166
19167 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19168 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19169 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19170 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19171 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19172 symbol in the alist.
19173
19174 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19175
19176 ;;;***
19177 \f
19178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21291 9464 291241
19179 ;;;;;; 0))
19180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19181
19182 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19183 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19184 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19185
19186 \(fn)" t nil)
19187
19188 ;;;***
19189 \f
19190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
19191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19192
19193 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19194 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19195
19196 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19197
19198 ;;;***
19199 \f
19200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
19201 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19202
19203 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19204
19205 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19206 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19207 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19208
19209 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19210
19211
19212 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19213
19214 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19215 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19216 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19217 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19218 to future sessions.
19219
19220 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19221
19222 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19223 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19224 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19225 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19226 future sessions.
19227
19228 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19229
19230 ;;;***
19231 \f
19232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21291
19233 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
19234 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19235
19236 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19237 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19238 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19239 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19240 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19241 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19242
19243 \(fn)" t nil)
19244
19245 ;;;***
19246 \f
19247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
19248 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19249 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19250
19251 ;;;***
19252 \f
19253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21292 8122
19254 ;;;;;; 451256 0))
19255 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19256
19257 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19258 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19259 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19260 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19261
19262 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19263
19264 ;;;***
19265 \f
19266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21327 47162
19267 ;;;;;; 581074 0))
19268 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19269
19270 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19271 Major mode for editing XML.
19272
19273 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19274 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19275 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19276 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19277 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19278 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19279 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19280
19281 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19282
19283 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19284 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19285
19286 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19287 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19288 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19289 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19290 instead of C-c.
19291
19292 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19293 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19294 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19295 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19296 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19297 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19298
19299 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19300 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19301 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19302
19303 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19304 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19305 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19306
19307 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19308 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19309 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19310 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19311 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19312 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19313 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19314 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19315 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19316
19317 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19318
19319 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19320 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19321
19322 \(fn)" t nil)
19323
19324 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19325
19326 ;;;***
19327 \f
19328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21292 8122
19329 ;;;;;; 451256 0))
19330 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19331
19332 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19333 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19334 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19335 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19336
19337 \(fn)" t nil)
19338
19339 ;;;***
19340 \f
19341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21321 8376
19342 ;;;;;; 617089 0))
19343 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19344
19345 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19346 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19347
19348 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19349 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19350 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19351 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19352
19353 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19354
19355 Key bindings:
19356 \\{octave-mode-map}
19357
19358 \(fn)" t nil)
19359
19360 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19361 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19362 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19363
19364 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19365
19366 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19367 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19368
19369 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19370 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19371 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19372
19373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19374
19375 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19376
19377 ;;;***
19378 \f
19379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21291 9464
19380 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
19381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19382
19383 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19384
19385 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19386 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19387 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19388 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19389 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19390
19391 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19392
19393 Customization:
19394
19395 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19396 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19397 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19398 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19399 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19400 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19401 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19402 Directories to search when finding external units.
19403 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19404 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19405
19406 Coloring:
19407
19408 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19409 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19410
19411 \(fn)" t nil)
19412
19413 ;;;***
19414 \f
19415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21335 41274 440541 0))
19416 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19417
19418 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19419 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19420
19421 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19422
19423 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19424 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19425 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19426 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19427 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19428 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19429
19430 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19431
19432 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19433 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19434 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19435 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19436 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19437
19438 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19439
19440 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19441 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19442
19443 \(fn)" nil nil)
19444
19445 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19446 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19447
19448 \(fn)" nil nil)
19449
19450 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19451 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19452 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19453
19454 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19455 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19456 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19457 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19458 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19459 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19460 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19461 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19462 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19463 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19464
19465 The following commands are available:
19466
19467 \\{org-mode-map}
19468
19469 \(fn)" t nil)
19470
19471 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19472 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19473
19474 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19475 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19476 in special contexts.
19477
19478 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19479 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19480 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19481 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19482 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19483 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19484 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19485 properties in the buffer.
19486 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19487 including any drawers.
19488
19489 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19490
19491 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19492 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19493 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19494 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19495 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19496 and zoom in further.
19497 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19498 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19499
19500 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19501 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19502 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19503 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19504 times right after creating a new headline.
19505
19506 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19507 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19508 is negative, go up that many levels.
19509
19510 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19511 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19512 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19513
19514 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19515 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19516 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19517 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19518
19519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19520
19521 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19522 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19523 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19524 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19525
19526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19527 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19528
19529 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19530 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19531 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19532 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19533 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19534 defined by Org-mode).
19535
19536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19537
19538 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19539 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19540
19541 \(fn)" nil nil)
19542
19543 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19544 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19545
19546 \(fn)" nil nil)
19547
19548 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19549 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19550 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19551 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19552 call CMD.
19553
19554 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19555
19556 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19557 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19558 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19559 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19560
19561 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19562 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19563 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19564
19565 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19566 part of Org's core.
19567
19568 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19569 active region.
19570
19571 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19572
19573 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19574 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19575 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19576
19577 \(fn)" t nil)
19578
19579 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19580 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19581 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19582 Org-mode syntax.
19583
19584 \(fn)" t nil)
19585
19586 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19587 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19588
19589 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19590
19591 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19592 Switch between Org buffers.
19593 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19594 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19595
19596 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19597 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19598
19599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19600
19601 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19602
19603 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19604
19605 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19606 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19607 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19608 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19609
19610 \(fn)" t nil)
19611
19612 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19613 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19614
19615 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19616
19617 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19618 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19619 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19620
19621 \(fn)" t nil)
19622
19623 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19624 Reload all org lisp files.
19625 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19626
19627 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19628
19629 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19630 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19631
19632 \(fn)" t nil)
19633
19634 ;;;***
19635 \f
19636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21335 41274
19637 ;;;;;; 440541 0))
19638 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19639
19640 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19641 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19642
19643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19644
19645 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19646 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19647 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19648 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19649
19650 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19651 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19652 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19653 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19654 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19655 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19656 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19657 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19658 e Export views to associated files.
19659 s Search entries for keywords.
19660 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19661 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19662 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19663 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19664 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19665 > Remove a previous restriction.
19666 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19667 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19668 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19669
19670 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19671 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19672 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19673
19674 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19675 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19676 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19677 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19678 \(if active).
19679
19680 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19681
19682 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19683 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19684 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19685 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19686 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19687 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19688 before running the agenda command.
19689
19690 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19691
19692 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19693 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19694 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19695 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19696 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19697 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19698 before running the agenda command.
19699
19700 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19701 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19702
19703 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19704
19705 category The category of the item
19706 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19707 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19708 todo selected in TODO match
19709 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19710 diary imported from diary
19711 deadline a deadline on given date
19712 scheduled scheduled on given date
19713 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19714 closed entry was closed on given date
19715 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19716 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19717 block entry has date block including g. date
19718 todo The todo keyword, if any
19719 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19720 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19721 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19722 extra Sting with extra planning info
19723 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19724 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19725 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19726
19727 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19728
19729 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19730 Store agenda views.
19731
19732 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19733
19734 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19735 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19736
19737 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19738
19739 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19740 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19741 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19742 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19743
19744 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19745 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19746 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19747
19748 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19749 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19750
19751 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19752 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19753
19754 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19755
19756 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19757 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19758
19759 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19760 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19761 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19762 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19763 EDIT-AT.
19764
19765 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19766 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19767 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19768 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19769 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19770 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19771
19772 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19773 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19774 including newlines.
19775
19776 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19777 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19778 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19779 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19780 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19781 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19782 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19783
19784 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19785 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19786 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19787 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19788
19789 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19790 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19791 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19792 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19793 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19794 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19795 Boolean search must match as full words.
19796
19797 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19798 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19799
19800 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19801
19802 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19803 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19804 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19805 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19806 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19807 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19808
19809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19810
19811 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19812 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19813 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19814
19815 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19816
19817 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19818 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19819 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19820 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19821 `org-stuck-projects'.
19822
19823 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19824
19825 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19826 Return diary information from org files.
19827 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19828 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19829 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19830 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19831 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19832
19833 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19834
19835 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19836
19837 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19838 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19839
19840 &%%(org-diary)
19841
19842 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19843 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19844 So the example above may also be written as
19845
19846 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19847
19848 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19849 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19850 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19851
19852 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19853
19854 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19855 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19856
19857 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19858
19859 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19860 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19861 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19862 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19863 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19864
19865 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19866
19867 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19868 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19869 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19870
19871 \(fn)" t nil)
19872
19873 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19874 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19875 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19876 appointments.
19877
19878 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19879 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19880
19881 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19882 for filtering entries out.
19883
19884 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19885 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19886 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19887
19888 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19889 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19890
19891 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19892 (category \"Work\"))
19893
19894 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19895 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19896
19897 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19898 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19899 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19900 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19901 details and examples.
19902
19903 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19904 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19905
19906 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19907
19908 ;;;***
19909 \f
19910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21335 41274
19911 ;;;;;; 440541 0))
19912 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19913
19914 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19915 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19916
19917 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19918
19919 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19920 Capture something.
19921 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19922 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19923 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19924 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19925 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19926 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19927
19928 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19929 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19930 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19931 stored.
19932
19933 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19934
19935 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19936 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19937 will be bypassed.
19938
19939 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19940 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19941 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19942 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19943
19944 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19945
19946 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19947 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19948
19949 \(fn)" t nil)
19950
19951 ;;;***
19952 \f
19953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21335 41274
19954 ;;;;;; 440541 0))
19955 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19956
19957 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19958 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19959
19960 \(fn)" t nil)
19961
19962 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19963
19964
19965 \(fn)" nil nil)
19966
19967 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19968 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19969 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19970
19971 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19972
19973 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19974 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19975
19976 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19977
19978 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19979 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19980
19981 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19982
19983 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19984 Write the column view table.
19985 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19986
19987 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19988 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19989 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19990 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19991 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19992 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19993 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19994 using `org-id-find'.
19995 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19996 a hline before each level <= that number.
19997 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19998 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19999 :skip-empty-rows
20000 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20001 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20002
20003 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20004
20005 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20006 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20007
20008 \(fn)" t nil)
20009
20010 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20011 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20012
20013 \(fn)" t nil)
20014
20015 ;;;***
20016 \f
20017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21335 41274
20018 ;;;;;; 440541 0))
20019 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20020
20021 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20022 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20023
20024 \(fn)" nil t)
20025
20026 ;;;***
20027 \f
20028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21291 9464 291241
20029 ;;;;;; 0))
20030 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20031
20032 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20033 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20034
20035 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20036
20037 ;;;***
20038 \f
20039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21335 41274
20040 ;;;;;; 440541 0))
20041 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20042
20043 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20044 The release version of org-mode.
20045 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20046
20047 \(fn)" nil nil)
20048
20049 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20050 The Git version of org-mode.
20051 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20052
20053 \(fn)" nil nil)
20054
20055 ;;;***
20056 \f
20057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20058 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20059 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20060 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20061
20062 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20063 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20064 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20065 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20066
20067 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20068 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20069 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20070 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20071
20072 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20073 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20074 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20075 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20076 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20077 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20078
20079 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20080 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20081 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20082
20083 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20084 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20085 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20086 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20087 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20088 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20089 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20090 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20091 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20092 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20093 The subheadings remain visible.
20094 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20095
20096 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20097 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20098 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20099
20100 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20101 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20102
20103 \(fn)" t nil)
20104
20105 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20106 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20107 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20108 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20109 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20110
20111 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20112
20113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20114 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20115
20116 ;;;***
20117 \f
20118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21302 43960
20119 ;;;;;; 321062 0))
20120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20121 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20122
20123 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20124 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20125 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20126 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20127 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20128
20129 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20130 activate the package system at any time.")
20131
20132 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20133
20134 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20135 Install the package PKG.
20136 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20137 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20138
20139 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20140
20141 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20142 Install a package from the current buffer.
20143 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20144 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20145 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20146
20147 \(fn)" t nil)
20148
20149 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20150 Install a package from a file.
20151 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20152
20153 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20154
20155 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20156 Import keys from FILE.
20157
20158 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20159
20160 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20161 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20162 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20163 makes them available for download.
20164
20165 \(fn)" t nil)
20166
20167 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20168 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20169 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20170 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20171
20172 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20173
20174 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20175 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20176
20177 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20178
20179 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20180 Display a list of packages.
20181 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20182 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20183 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20184
20185 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20186
20187 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20188
20189 ;;;***
20190 \f
20191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20192 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20193
20194 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20195 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20196 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20198 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20199 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20200
20201 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20202
20203 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20204 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20205 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20206 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20207 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20208
20209 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20210 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20211 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20212
20213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20214
20215 ;;;***
20216 \f
20217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21291
20218 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
20219 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20220 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20221
20222 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20223 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20224 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20225 unknown are returned as nil.
20226
20227 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20228
20229 ;;;***
20230 \f
20231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21319 15673
20232 ;;;;;; 174 0))
20233 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20234
20235 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20236 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20237 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20238
20239 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20240 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20241
20242 Other useful functions are:
20243
20244 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20245 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20246 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20247 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20248 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20249 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20250 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20251 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20252 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20253
20254 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20255
20256 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20257 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20258 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20259 Indentation for case statements.
20260 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20261 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20262 mark after an end.
20263 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20264 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20265 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20266 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20267 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20268 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20269 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20270 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20271 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20272 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20273
20274 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20275 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20276
20277 \(fn)" t nil)
20278
20279 ;;;***
20280 \f
20281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21291
20282 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
20283 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20284
20285 (defvar password-cache t "\
20286 Whether to cache passwords.")
20287
20288 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20289
20290 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20291 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20292 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20293
20294 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20295
20296 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20297 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20298
20299 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20300
20301 ;;;***
20302 \f
20303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21291 9464 291241
20304 ;;;;;; 0))
20305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20306
20307 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20308 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20309 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20310
20311 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20312 _ matches anything.
20313 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20314 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20315 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20316 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20317 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20318 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20319 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20320 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20321 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20322 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20323
20324 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20325 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20326 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20327 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20328 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20329 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20330
20331 PRED can take the form
20332 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20333 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20334 which is the value being matched.
20335 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20336 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20337 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20338 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20339 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20340
20341 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20342
20343 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20344
20345 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20346 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20347 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20348 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20349
20350 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20351
20352 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20353
20354 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20355 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20356 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20357 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20358
20359 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20360
20361 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20362
20363 ;;;***
20364 \f
20365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21291 9464 291241
20366 ;;;;;; 0))
20367 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20368
20369 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20370 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20371
20372 \(fn)" nil nil)
20373
20374 ;;;***
20375 \f
20376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21291 9464 291241
20377 ;;;;;; 0))
20378 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20379
20380 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20381 Completion for `gzip'.
20382
20383 \(fn)" nil nil)
20384
20385 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20386 Completion for `bzip2'.
20387
20388 \(fn)" nil nil)
20389
20390 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20391 Completion for GNU `make'.
20392
20393 \(fn)" nil nil)
20394
20395 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20396 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20397
20398 \(fn)" nil nil)
20399
20400 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20401
20402 ;;;***
20403 \f
20404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21291 9464
20405 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
20406 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20407
20408 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20409 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20410
20411 \(fn)" nil nil)
20412
20413 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20414 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20415
20416 \(fn)" nil nil)
20417
20418 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20419 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20420
20421 \(fn)" nil nil)
20422
20423 ;;;***
20424 \f
20425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21291 9464 291241
20426 ;;;;;; 0))
20427 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20428
20429 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20430 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20431
20432 \(fn)" nil nil)
20433
20434 ;;;***
20435 \f
20436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21291 9464 291241
20437 ;;;;;; 0))
20438 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20439
20440 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20441 Completion for `cd'.
20442
20443 \(fn)" nil nil)
20444
20445 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20446
20447 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20448 Completion for `rmdir'.
20449
20450 \(fn)" nil nil)
20451
20452 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20453 Completion for `rm'.
20454
20455 \(fn)" nil nil)
20456
20457 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20458 Completion for `xargs'.
20459
20460 \(fn)" nil nil)
20461
20462 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20463
20464 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20465 Completion for `which'.
20466
20467 \(fn)" nil nil)
20468
20469 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20470 Completion for the `chown' command.
20471
20472 \(fn)" nil nil)
20473
20474 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20475 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20476
20477 \(fn)" nil nil)
20478
20479 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20480 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20481
20482 \(fn)" nil nil)
20483
20484 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20485 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20486 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20487
20488 \(fn)" nil nil)
20489
20490 ;;;***
20491 \f
20492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20493 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20494
20495 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20496 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20497
20498 \(fn)" nil nil)
20499
20500 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20501 Completion for the `ack' command.
20502 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20503 long options.
20504
20505 \(fn)" nil nil)
20506
20507 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20508
20509 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20510 Completion for the `ag' command.
20511
20512 \(fn)" nil nil)
20513
20514 ;;;***
20515 \f
20516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21291 9464 291241
20517 ;;;;;; 0))
20518 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20519
20520 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20521 Support extensible programmable completion.
20522 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20523 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20524
20525 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20526
20527 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20528 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20529
20530 \(fn)" t nil)
20531
20532 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20533 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20534 This will modify the current buffer.
20535
20536 \(fn)" t nil)
20537
20538 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20539 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20540
20541 \(fn)" t nil)
20542
20543 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20544 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20545 This will modify the current buffer.
20546
20547 \(fn)" t nil)
20548
20549 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20550 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20551
20552 \(fn)" t nil)
20553
20554 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20555 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20556
20557 \(fn)" t nil)
20558
20559 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20560 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20561 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20562 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20563 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20564
20565 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20566
20567 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20568 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20569
20570 \(fn)" nil nil)
20571
20572 ;;;***
20573 \f
20574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20575 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20576
20577 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20578 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20579 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20580 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20581
20582 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20583
20584 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20585
20586 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20587 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20588 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20589 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20590 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20591 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20592 FLAGS is ignored.
20593
20594 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20595
20596 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20597 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20598 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20599 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20600 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20601 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20602 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20603 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20604
20605 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20606
20607 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20608 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20609 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20610 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20611 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20612 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20613 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20614 passed to cvs.
20615
20616 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20617
20618 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20619 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20620 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20621 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20622 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20623 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20624 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20625
20626 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20627
20628 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20629 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20630 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20631
20632 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20633
20634 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20635 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20636 A value of nil means never do it.
20637 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20638 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20639 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20640
20641 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20642
20643 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20644 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20645 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20646
20647 ;;;***
20648 \f
20649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21291 9464 291241
20650 ;;;;;; 0))
20651 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20652
20653 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20654 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20655
20656 ;;;***
20657 \f
20658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21335
20659 ;;;;;; 41274 440541 0))
20660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20661 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20662 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20663 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20664 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20665 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20666 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20667
20668 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20669 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20670 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20671 Tab indents for Perl code.
20672 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20673 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20674 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20675 \\{perl-mode-map}
20676 Variables controlling indentation style:
20677 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20678 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20679 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20680 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20681 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20682 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20683 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20684 `perl-nochange'
20685 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20686 `perl-indent-level'
20687 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20688 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20689 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20690 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20691 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20692 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20693 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20694 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20695 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20696 `perl-brace-offset'
20697 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20698 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20699 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20700 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20701 `perl-label-offset'
20702 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20703 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20704 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20705
20706 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20707 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20708 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20709 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20710 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20711 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20712 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20713
20714 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20715
20716 \(fn)" t nil)
20717
20718 ;;;***
20719 \f
20720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21291 9464
20721 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
20722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20723
20724 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20725 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20726 \\<picture-mode-map>
20727 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20728 afterwards settable by these commands:
20729
20730 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20731 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20732 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20733 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20734
20735 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20736 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20737 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20738 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20739
20740 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20741 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20742 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20743 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20744
20745 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20746 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20747 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20748 with these commands:
20749
20750 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20751 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20752 Move to column following last
20753 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20754 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20755 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20756 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20757 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20758 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20759
20760 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20761
20762 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20763 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20764 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20765 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20766 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20767 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20768
20769 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20770 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20771 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20772 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20773 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20774 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20775 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20776
20777 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20778 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20779 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20780 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20781 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20782 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20783 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20784 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20785
20786 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20787 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20788 by supplying an argument.
20789
20790 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20791
20792 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20793 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20794
20795 \(fn)" t nil)
20796
20797 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20798
20799 ;;;***
20800 \f
20801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21291 9464 291241
20802 ;;;;;; 0))
20803 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20804
20805 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20806 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20807
20808 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20809
20810 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20811 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20812
20813 \(fn)" t nil)
20814
20815 ;;;***
20816 \f
20817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20818 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20819
20820 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20821 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20822 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20823
20824 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20825
20826 ;;;***
20827 \f
20828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20829 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20830
20831 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20832 Play pong and waste time.
20833 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20834 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20835
20836 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20837
20838 \\{pong-mode-map}
20839
20840 \(fn)" t nil)
20841
20842 ;;;***
20843 \f
20844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
20845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20846
20847 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20848 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20849 Use streaming commands.
20850
20851 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20852
20853 ;;;***
20854 \f
20855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21291 9464 291241
20856 ;;;;;; 0))
20857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20858
20859 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20860 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20861 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20862 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20863
20864 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20865
20866 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20867 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20868
20869 \(fn)" nil nil)
20870
20871 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20872 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20873 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20874 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20875 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20876
20877 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20878
20879 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20880 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20881 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20882
20883 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20884
20885 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20886 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20887
20888 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20889
20890 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20891 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20892 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20893 Ignores leading comment characters.
20894
20895 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20896
20897 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20898 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20899 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20900 Ignores leading comment characters.
20901
20902 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20903
20904 ;;;***
20905 \f
20906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21291 9464 291241
20907 ;;;;;; 0))
20908 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20909 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20910
20911 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20912 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20913
20914 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20915
20916 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20917
20918 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20919
20920 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20921 Preview directory using ghostview.
20922
20923 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20924 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20925 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20926 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20927
20928 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20929 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20930 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20931 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20932 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20933 file name.
20934
20935 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20936
20937 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20938
20939 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20940 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20941
20942 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20943 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20944 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20945 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20946
20947 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20948 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20949 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20950 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20951 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20952 file name.
20953
20954 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20955
20956 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20957
20958 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20959 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20960
20961 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20962 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20963 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20964 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20965
20966 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20967 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20968 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20969 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20970 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20971 file name.
20972
20973 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20974
20975 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20976
20977 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20978 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20979
20980 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20981
20982 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20983 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20984 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20985 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20986
20987 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20988 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20989 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20990 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20991 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20992 file name.
20993
20994 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20995
20996 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20997
20998 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20999 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21000
21001 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21002 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21003 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21004
21005 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21006 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21007 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21008 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21009
21010 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21011
21012 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21013 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21014
21015 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21016 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21017 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21018
21019 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21020 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21021 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21022 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21023
21024 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21025
21026 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21027 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21028
21029 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21030 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21031 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21032
21033 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21034 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21035 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21036 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21037
21038 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21039
21040 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21041 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21042
21043 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21044
21045 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21046 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21047 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21048
21049 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21050 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21051 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21052 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21053
21054 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21055
21056 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21057 Preview region using ghostview.
21058
21059 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21060
21061 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21062
21063 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21064 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21065
21066 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21067
21068 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21069
21070 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21071 Print region using PostScript printer.
21072
21073 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21074
21075 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21076
21077 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21078 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21079
21080 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21081
21082 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21083
21084 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21085 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21086
21087 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21088
21089 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21090
21091 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21092 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21093
21094 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21095
21096 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21097
21098 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21099 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21100
21101 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21102
21103 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21104
21105 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21106 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21107
21108 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21109
21110 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21111
21112 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21113 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21114 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21115 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21116
21117 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21118 matching.
21119
21120 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21121 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21122
21123 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21124
21125 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21126
21127 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21128 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21129 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21130 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21131
21132 \(fn)" t nil)
21133
21134 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21135 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21136 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21137 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21138
21139 \(fn)" t nil)
21140
21141 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21142 Print directory using text printer.
21143
21144 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21145 matching.
21146
21147 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21148 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21149
21150 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21151
21152 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21153
21154 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21155 Print buffer using text printer.
21156
21157 \(fn)" t nil)
21158
21159 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21160 Print region using text printer.
21161
21162 \(fn)" t nil)
21163
21164 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21165 Print major mode using text printer.
21166
21167 \(fn)" t nil)
21168
21169 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21170 Preview spooled PostScript.
21171
21172 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21173 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21174 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21175
21176 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21177 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21178 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21179
21180 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21181
21182 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21183 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21184
21185 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21186 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21187 instead of sending it to the printer.
21188
21189 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21190 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21191 image in a file with that name.
21192
21193 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21194
21195 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21196 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21197
21198 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21199 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21200 instead of sending it to the printer.
21201
21202 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21203 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21204 image in a file with that name.
21205
21206 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21207
21208 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21209 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21210
21211 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21212 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21213 instead of sending it to the printer.
21214
21215 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21216 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21217 image in a file with that name.
21218
21219 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21220
21221 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21222 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21223
21224 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21225
21226 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21227 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21228
21229 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21230
21231 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21232 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21233
21234 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21237 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21238
21239 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21240
21241 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21242 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21243
21244 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21245
21246 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21247 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21248
21249 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21250 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21251 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21252 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21253
21254 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21255 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21256 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21257 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21258 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21259 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21260 file name.
21261
21262 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21263
21264 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21265 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21266
21267 \(fn)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21270 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21271
21272 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21273 right.
21274 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21275 bottom.
21276
21277 \(fn)" t nil)
21278
21279 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21280 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21281
21282 \(fn)" t nil)
21283
21284 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21285 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21286
21287 \(fn)" t nil)
21288
21289 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21290 Toggle printing with faces.
21291
21292 \(fn)" t nil)
21293
21294 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21295 Toggle spooling.
21296
21297 \(fn)" t nil)
21298
21299 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21300 Toggle duplex.
21301
21302 \(fn)" t nil)
21303
21304 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21305 Toggle tumble.
21306
21307 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21308 right.
21309 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21310 bottom.
21311
21312 \(fn)" t nil)
21313
21314 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21315 Toggle landscape.
21316
21317 \(fn)" t nil)
21318
21319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21320 Toggle upside-down.
21321
21322 \(fn)" t nil)
21323
21324 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21325 Toggle line number.
21326
21327 \(fn)" t nil)
21328
21329 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21330 Toggle zebra stripes.
21331
21332 \(fn)" t nil)
21333
21334 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21335 Toggle printing header.
21336
21337 \(fn)" t nil)
21338
21339 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21340 Toggle printing header frame.
21341
21342 \(fn)" t nil)
21343
21344 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21345 Toggle menu lock.
21346
21347 \(fn)" t nil)
21348
21349 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21350 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21351
21352 \(fn)" t nil)
21353
21354 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21355 Toggle auto mode.
21356
21357 \(fn)" t nil)
21358
21359 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21360 Customization of the `printing' group.
21361
21362 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21363
21364 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21365 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21366
21367 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21368
21369 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21370 Help for the printing package.
21371
21372 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21373
21374 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21375 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21376
21377 \(fn)" t nil)
21378
21379 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21380 Interactively select a text printer.
21381
21382 \(fn)" t nil)
21383
21384 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21385 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21386
21387 \(fn)" t nil)
21388
21389 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21390 Show current ps-print settings.
21391
21392 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21393
21394 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21395 Show current printing settings.
21396
21397 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21398
21399 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21400 Show current lpr settings.
21401
21402 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21403
21404 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21405 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21406
21407 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21408 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21409 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21410 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21411
21412
21413 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21414
21415 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21416 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21417 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21418
21419 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21420 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21421 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21422 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21423 current active printer.
21424
21425 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21426 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21427 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21428 printer.
21429
21430 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21431 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21432 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21433 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21434 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21435
21436
21437 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21438 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21439
21440 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21441
21442 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21443 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21444 be done using the new current active printer.
21445
21446 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21447 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21448 printer.
21449
21450 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21451 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21452 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21453 instead of sending it to the printer.
21454
21455 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21456 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21457 printer.
21458
21459 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21460
21461
21462 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21463 are both set to t.
21464
21465 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21466
21467 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21468 Fast fire function for text printing.
21469
21470 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21471 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21472 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21473 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21474
21475 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21476 user for a new active text printer.
21477
21478 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21479
21480 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21481
21482 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21483 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21484 printer.
21485
21486 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21487
21488 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21489 are both set to t.
21490
21491 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21492
21493 ;;;***
21494 \f
21495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
21496 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21497
21498 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21499 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21500 \\<proced-mode-map>
21501 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21502 the process information.
21503
21504 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21505
21506 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21507 Proced buffers.
21508
21509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21510
21511 ;;;***
21512 \f
21513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21291 9464 291241
21514 ;;;;;; 0))
21515 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21516
21517 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21518 Start/restart profilers.
21519 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21520 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21521 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21522
21523 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21524
21525 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21526 Open profile FILENAME.
21527
21528 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21529
21530 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21531 Open profile FILENAME.
21532
21533 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21534
21535 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21536 Open profile FILENAME.
21537
21538 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21539
21540 ;;;***
21541 \f
21542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21291 9464
21543 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
21544 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21545
21546 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21547 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21548
21549 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21550 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21551
21552 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21553
21554 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21555 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21556
21557 Commands:
21558 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21559
21560 \(fn)" t nil)
21561
21562 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21563 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21564 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21565
21566 \(fn)" t nil)
21567
21568 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21569 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21570 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21571
21572 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21573
21574 ;;;***
21575 \f
21576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
21577 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21578
21579 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21580 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21581 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21582
21583 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21584
21585 ;;;***
21586 \f
21587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21291 9464
21588 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
21589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21590 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21591
21592 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21593 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21594
21595 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21596
21597 The following variables hold user options, and can
21598 be set through the `customize' command:
21599
21600 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21601 `ps-mode-tab'
21602 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21603 `ps-mode-print-function'
21604 `ps-run-prompt'
21605 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21606 `ps-run-x'
21607 `ps-run-dumb'
21608 `ps-run-init'
21609 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21610 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21611
21612 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21613
21614
21615 \\{ps-mode-map}
21616
21617
21618 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21619 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21620 The keymap for this second window is:
21621
21622 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21623
21624
21625 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21626 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21627 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21628 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21629 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21630
21631 \(fn)" t nil)
21632
21633 ;;;***
21634 \f
21635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21291 9464 291241
21636 ;;;;;; 0))
21637 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21638 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21639
21640 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21641 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21642 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21643
21644 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21645
21646 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21647 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21648 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21649 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21650
21651 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21652
21653 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21654 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21655
21656 Valid values are:
21657
21658 nil Do not print colors.
21659
21660 t Print colors.
21661
21662 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21663 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21664
21665 Any other value is treated as t.")
21666
21667 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21668
21669 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21670 Customization of ps-print group.
21671
21672 \(fn)" t nil)
21673
21674 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21675 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21676
21677 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21678 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21679 sending it to the printer.
21680
21681 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21682 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21683 image in a file with that name.
21684
21685 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21686
21687 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21688 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21689 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21690 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21691 so it has a way to determine color values.
21692
21693 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21694
21695 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21696 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21697 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21698
21699 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21700
21701 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21702 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21703 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21704 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21705 so it has a way to determine color values.
21706
21707 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21708
21709 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21710 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21711 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21712 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21713
21714 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21715
21716 \(fn)" t nil)
21717
21718 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21719 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21720 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21721 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21722 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21723
21724 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21725
21726 \(fn)" t nil)
21727
21728 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21729 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21730 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21731
21732 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21733
21734 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21735
21736 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21737 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21738 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21739 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21740 so it has a way to determine color values.
21741
21742 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21743
21744 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21745
21746 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21747 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21748
21749 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21750 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21751 instead of sending it to the printer.
21752
21753 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21754 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21755 image in a file with that name.
21756
21757 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21758
21759 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21760 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21761 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21762 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21763 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21764
21765 \(fn)" t nil)
21766
21767 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21768 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21769 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21770
21771 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21772
21773 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21774 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21775 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21776
21777 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21778
21779 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21780 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21781
21782 \(fn)" nil nil)
21783
21784 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21785 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21786
21787 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21788 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21789
21790 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21791 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21792
21793 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21794
21795 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21796
21797 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21798
21799 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21800 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21801
21802 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21803 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21804
21805 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21806 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21807
21808 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21809
21810 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21811
21812 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21813
21814 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21815 foreground and background colors respectively.
21816
21817 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21818 bold - use bold font.
21819 italic - use italic font.
21820 underline - put a line under text.
21821 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21822 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21823 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21824 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21825 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21826
21827 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21828
21829 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21830
21831 ;;;***
21832 \f
21833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21291 9464 291241
21834 ;;;;;; 0))
21835 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21836 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21837
21838 ;;;***
21839 \f
21840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21314 35128
21841 ;;;;;; 127485 0))
21842 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21843 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21844
21845 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21846
21847 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21848
21849 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21850 Run an inferior Python process.
21851 Input and output via buffer named after
21852 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21853 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21854
21855 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21856 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21857 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21858 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21859
21860 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21861 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21862 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21863
21864 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21865
21866 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21867 Major mode for editing Python files.
21868
21869 \\{python-mode-map}
21870
21871 \(fn)" t nil)
21872
21873 ;;;***
21874 \f
21875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
21876 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21877
21878 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21879 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21880 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21881 coding-system.
21882
21883 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21884 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21885
21886 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21887 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21888 them into characters should be done separately.
21889
21890 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21891
21892 ;;;***
21893 \f
21894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21291 9464
21895 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
21896 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21897
21898 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21899 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21900
21901 \(fn)" nil nil)
21902
21903 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21904 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21905 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21906
21907 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21908 `quail-activate', which see.
21909
21910 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21911
21912 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21913 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21914 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21915 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21916 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21917 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21918 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21919
21920 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21921 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21922 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21923 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21924 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21925 shown.
21926 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21927
21928 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21929 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21930 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21931 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21932 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21933 list of candidates.
21934
21935 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21936 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21937 command to be called.
21938
21939 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21940 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21941 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21942 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21943
21944 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21945 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21946 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21947 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21948 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21949 to t.
21950
21951 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21952 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21953 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21954 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21955
21956 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21957 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21958 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21959 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21960 defines no translations for single character keys.
21961
21962 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21963 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21964 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21965 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21966 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21967 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21968
21969 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21970 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21971 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21972 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21973 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21974 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21975
21976 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21977 covers Quail translation region.
21978
21979 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21980 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21981 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21982 for it) is inserted.
21983
21984 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21985 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21986 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21987
21988 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21989 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21990 non-Quail commands.
21991
21992 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21993
21994 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21995 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21996
21997 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21998 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21999 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22000 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22001 you type is correctly handled.
22002
22003 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22004
22005 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22006 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22007
22008 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22009 keyboard type.
22010
22011 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22012
22013 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22014 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22015 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22016 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22017 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22018 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22019 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22020 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22021 for the translation.
22022 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22023
22024 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22025 it is used to handle KEY.
22026
22027 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22028 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22029 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22030 the following annotation types are supported.
22031
22032 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22033 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22034
22035 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22036 candidate list.
22037
22038 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22039 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22040 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22041 inserted.
22042
22043 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22044 generated for the following translations.
22045
22046 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22047
22048 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22049 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22050
22051 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22052 which to install MAP.
22053
22054 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22055
22056 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22057
22058 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22059 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22060
22061 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22062 which to install MAP.
22063
22064 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22065
22066 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22067
22068 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22069 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22070 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22071 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22072 a function, or a cons.
22073 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22074 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22075 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22076 for the translation.
22077 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22078 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22079 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22080 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22081 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22082
22083 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22084 it is used to handle KEY.
22085
22086 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22087 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22088 current Quail package.
22089
22090 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22091 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22092
22093 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22094
22095 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22096 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22097
22098 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22099 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22100
22101 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22102
22103 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22104 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22105
22106 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22107
22108 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22109 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22110 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22111 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22112 of the Emacs source tree.
22113
22114 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22115 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22116
22117 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22118 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22119 of each directory.
22120
22121 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22122
22123 ;;;***
22124 \f
22125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21291
22126 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
22127 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22128
22129 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22130 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22131 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22132 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22133
22134 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22135
22136 ;;;***
22137 \f
22138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22139 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
22140 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22141
22142 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22143 Activate UCS input method.
22144 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22145
22146 While this input method is active, the variable
22147 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22148
22149 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22150
22151 ;;;***
22152 \f
22153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21291 9464 291241
22154 ;;;;;; 0))
22155 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22156
22157 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22158 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22159 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22160 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22161
22162 To make use of this do something like:
22163
22164 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22165
22166 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22167
22168 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22169 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22170
22171 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22172 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22173 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22174
22175 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22176
22177 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22178 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22179
22180 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22181
22182 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22183 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22184
22185 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22186 is decided.
22187
22188 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22189
22190 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22191 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22192
22193 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22194 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22195 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22196
22197 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22198
22199 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22200 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22201
22202 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22203
22204 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22205 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22206
22207 \(fn)" t nil)
22208
22209 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22210 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22211
22212 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22213
22214 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22215
22216 \(fn)" t nil)
22217
22218 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22219 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22220
22221 \(fn)" t nil)
22222
22223 ;;;***
22224 \f
22225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
22226 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22227
22228 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22229 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22230
22231 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22232
22233 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22234
22235 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22236
22237 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22238
22239 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22240
22241
22242 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22243
22244 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22245 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22246 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22248 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22249 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22250
22251 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22252
22253 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22254 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22256 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22257 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22258
22259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22260
22261 ;;;***
22262 \f
22263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21291
22264 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
22265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22266
22267 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22268
22269 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22270 Construct a regexp interactively.
22271 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22272 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22273 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22274
22275 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22276 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22277
22278 \(fn)" t nil)
22279
22280 ;;;***
22281 \f
22282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
22283 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22284
22285 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22286 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22287 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22288 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22289 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22290 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22291
22292 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22293
22294 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22295 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22297 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22298 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22299
22300 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22301 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22302 were operated on recently.
22303
22304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22305
22306 ;;;***
22307 \f
22308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
22309 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22310
22311 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22312 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22313 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22314 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22315 ends.
22316
22317 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22318 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22319 to be deleted.
22320
22321 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22322
22323 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22324 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22325 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22326
22327 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22328 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22329 deleted.
22330
22331 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22332
22333 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22334 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22335 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22336
22337 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22338
22339 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22340 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22341
22342 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22343 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22344
22345 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22346 deleted.
22347
22348 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22349 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22350 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22351 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22352 even beep.)
22353
22354 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22355
22356 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22357 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22358
22359 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22360
22361 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22362 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22363
22364 \(fn)" t nil)
22365
22366 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22367 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22368 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22369 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22370 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22371 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22372 and point is at the lower right corner.
22373
22374 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22375
22376 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22377 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22378
22379 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22380 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22381
22382 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22383 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22384 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22385
22386 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22387
22388 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22389
22390 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22391 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22392 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22393 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22394 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22395
22396 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22397 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22398
22399 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22400
22401 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22402 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22403 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22404
22405 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22406
22407 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22408
22409 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22410
22411 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22412 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22413
22414 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22415 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22416 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22417
22418 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22419
22420 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22421 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22422 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22423
22424 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22425 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22426 rectangle which were empty.
22427
22428 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22429
22430 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22431 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22432
22433 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22434 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22435 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22436 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22437
22438 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22439
22440 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22441 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22442 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22443
22444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22445
22446 ;;;***
22447 \f
22448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21291 9464
22449 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
22450 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22451
22452 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22453 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22454 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22455 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22456 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22457
22458 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22459 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22460 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22461 auto-filling.
22462
22463 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22464
22465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22466
22467 ;;;***
22468 \f
22469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21291 9464
22470 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
22471 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22472
22473 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22474 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22475
22476 \(fn)" nil nil)
22477
22478 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22479 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22480
22481 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22482 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22483
22484 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22485 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22486 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22487 \\ref macro.
22488
22489 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22490 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22491 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22492
22493 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22494 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22495 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22496
22497 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22498 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22499
22500 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22501 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22502
22503 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22504 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22505 on the menu bar.
22506
22507 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22508
22509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22510
22511 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22512 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22513 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22514
22515 \(fn)" nil nil)
22516
22517 ;;;***
22518 \f
22519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21291
22520 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
22521 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22522
22523 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22524 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22525 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22526 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22527 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22528 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22529
22530 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22531
22532 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22533
22534 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22535 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22536 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22537 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22538 `reftex-cite-format'.
22539
22540 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22541 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22542 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22543 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22544
22545 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22546
22547 ;;;***
22548 \f
22549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22550 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
22551 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22552
22553 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22554 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22555 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22556 the current TeX document.
22557
22558 With no argument, this command toggles
22559 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22560 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22561
22562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22563
22564 ;;;***
22565 \f
22566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22567 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
22568 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22569
22570 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22571 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22572 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22573
22574 To insert new phrases, use
22575 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22576 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22577
22578 To index phrases use one of:
22579
22580 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22581 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22582 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22583 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22584 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22585
22586 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22587 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22588
22589 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22590
22591 Here are all local bindings.
22592
22593 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22594
22595 \(fn)" t nil)
22596
22597 ;;;***
22598 \f
22599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22600 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
22601 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22602
22603 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22604 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22605 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22606 of master file.
22607
22608 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22609
22610 ;;;***
22611 \f
22612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21291
22613 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
22614 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22615 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22616 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22617 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22618 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22619
22620 ;;;***
22621 \f
22622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21291
22623 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
22624 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22625
22626 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22627 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22628 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22629 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22630 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22631 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22632
22633 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22634 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22635
22636 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22637 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22638 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22639 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22640
22641 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22642
22643 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22644 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22645 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22646 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22647
22648 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22649
22650 ;;;***
22651 \f
22652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21291 9464 291241
22653 ;;;;;; 0))
22654 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22655 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22656
22657 ;;;***
22658 \f
22659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21291 9464
22660 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
22661 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22662 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22663
22664 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22665 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22666 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22667 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22668
22669 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22670
22671 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22672
22673 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22674 Call `remember' in another frame.
22675
22676 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22677
22678 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22679 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22680 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22681
22682 \(fn)" t nil)
22683
22684 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22685 Extract diary entries from the region.
22686
22687 \(fn)" nil nil)
22688
22689 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22690 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22691 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22692 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22693
22694 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22695
22696 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22697 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22698 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22699 minor mode.
22700
22701 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22702
22703 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22704 Return the buffer.
22705
22706 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22707 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22708 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22709
22710 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22711
22712 ;;;***
22713 \f
22714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
22715 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22716 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22717
22718 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22719 Repeat most recently executed command.
22720 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22721 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22722 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22723
22724 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22725 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22726 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22727 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22728
22729 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22730 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22731 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22732
22733 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22734
22735 ;;;***
22736 \f
22737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21291 9464 291241
22738 ;;;;;; 0))
22739 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22740
22741 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22742 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22743
22744 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22745 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22746 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22747 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22748 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22749 and point is left after the salutation.
22750
22751 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22752 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22753 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22754 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22755 left after that text.
22756
22757 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22758 is non-nil.
22759
22760 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22761 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22762 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22763 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22764
22765 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22766
22767 ;;;***
22768 \f
22769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21291 9464 291241
22770 ;;;;;; 0))
22771 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22772
22773 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22774 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22775 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22776 visibility of comments that precede it.
22777 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22778 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22779 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22780 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22781 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22782 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22783 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22784 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22785 the comment lines.
22786 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22787 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22788 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22789 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22790 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22791
22792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22793
22794 ;;;***
22795 \f
22796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
22797 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22798
22799 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22800 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22802 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22803 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22804
22805 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22806 reveals invisible text around point.
22807
22808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22809
22810 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22811 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22812 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22814 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22815 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22816
22817 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22818
22819 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22820 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22821 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22822
22823 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22824 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22825 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22826
22827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22828
22829 ;;;***
22830 \f
22831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21291 9464 291241
22832 ;;;;;; 0))
22833 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22834
22835 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22836 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22837
22838 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22839
22840 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22841 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22842
22843 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22844
22845 ;;;***
22846 \f
22847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21291 9464 291241
22848 ;;;;;; 0))
22849 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22850
22851 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22852 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22853 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22854 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22855
22856 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22857
22858 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22859 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22860 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22861 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22862
22863 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22864 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22865
22866 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22867 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22868
22869 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22870 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22871 INPUT-ARGS.
22872
22873 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22874 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22875 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22876 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22877 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22878
22879 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22880 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22881 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22882 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22883
22884 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22885 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22886 variable.
22887
22888 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22889
22890 ;;;***
22891 \f
22892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21343 51827 910137
22893 ;;;;;; 754000))
22894 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22895
22896 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22897 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22898
22899 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22900
22901 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22902
22903 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22904 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22905 Its name should end with a slash.")
22906
22907 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22908 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22909
22910 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22911 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22912 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22913
22914 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22915
22916 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22917 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22918 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22919 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22920 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22921 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22922 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22923
22924 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22925 sent by you under different user names.
22926 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22927
22928 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22929
22930 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22931
22932 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22933
22934 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22935 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22936 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22937 explicitly.")
22938
22939 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22940
22941 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22942 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22943 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22944 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22945 which normally happens once for each message,
22946 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22947 To make a change in this variable take effect
22948 for a message that you have already viewed,
22949 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22950
22951 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22952
22953 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22954 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22955 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22956 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22957
22958 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22959
22960 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22961 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22962
22963 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22964
22965 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22966 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22967 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22968
22969 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22970
22971 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22972 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22973 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22974 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22975 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22976 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22977
22978 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22979
22980 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22981 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22982
22983 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22984
22985 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22986 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22987
22988 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22989
22990 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22991 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22992
22993 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22994 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22995
22996 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22997
22998 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22999 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23000
23001 This is set to nil by default.")
23002
23003 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23004 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23005 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23006 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23007 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23008 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23009 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23010
23011 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23012 Read and edit incoming mail.
23013 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23014 file in RMAIL Mode.
23015 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23016
23017 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23018 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23019 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23020 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23021
23022 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23023
23024 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23025
23026 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23027 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23028 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23029 Instead, these commands are available:
23030
23031 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23032 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23033 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23034 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23035 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23036 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23037 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23038 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23039 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23040 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23041 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23042 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23043 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23044 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23045 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23046 till a deleted message is found.
23047 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23048 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23049 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23050 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23051 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23052 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23053 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23054 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23055 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23056 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23057 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23058 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23059 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23060 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23061 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23062 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23063 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23064 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23065 (label defaults to last one specified).
23066 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23067 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23068 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23069 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23070 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23071 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23072 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23073 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23074 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23075
23076 \(fn)" t nil)
23077
23078 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23079 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23080
23081 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23082
23083 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23084 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23085
23086 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23087
23088 ;;;***
23089 \f
23090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21291 9464 291241
23091 ;;;;;; 0))
23092 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23093 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23094
23095 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23096 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23097 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23098 case it writes Babyl.
23099
23100 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23101 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23102 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23103 `rmail-default-file'.
23104
23105 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23106 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23107 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23108
23109 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23110 the header display is currently pruned.
23111
23112 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23113 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23114 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23115 messages after output.
23116
23117 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23118 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23119 message (if writing a file directly).
23120
23121 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23122 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23123
23124 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23125
23126 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23127 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23128 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23129 i) the header is output as currently seen
23130 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23131 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23132
23133 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23134 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23135 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23136
23137 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23138
23139 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23140 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23141 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23142 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23143 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23144 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23145 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23146
23147 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23148 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23149 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23150
23151 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23152
23153 ;;;***
23154 \f
23155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 15673
23156 ;;;;;; 174 0))
23157 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23158
23159 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23160 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23161 Return a pattern.
23162
23163 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23164
23165 ;;;***
23166 \f
23167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21292 8122 451256
23168 ;;;;;; 0))
23169 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23170
23171 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23172 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23173 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23174 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23175
23176 \(fn)" t nil)
23177
23178 ;;;***
23179 \f
23180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21292 8122
23181 ;;;;;; 451256 0))
23182 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23183
23184 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23185 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23186
23187 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23188 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23189 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23190 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23191 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23192 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23193 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23194 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23195 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23196 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23197
23198 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23199 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23200 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23201 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23202 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23203 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23204 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23205 to use for finding the schema.
23206
23207 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23208
23209 ;;;***
23210 \f
23211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21292 8122 451256
23212 ;;;;;; 0))
23213 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23214
23215 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23216
23217 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23218 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23219 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23220 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23221 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23222 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23223 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23224 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23225 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23226 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23227 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23228 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23229 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23230 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23231 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23232 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23233 must be equal.
23234
23235 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23236
23237 ;;;***
23238 \f
23239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 10158
23240 ;;;;;; 364804 0))
23241 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23242
23243 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23244 Define a robin package.
23245
23246 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23247 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23248 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23249 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23250
23251 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23252 one replaces the old one.
23253
23254 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23255
23256 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23257 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23258
23259 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23260 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23261 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23262
23263 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23264
23265 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23266 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23267
23268 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23269
23270 ;;;***
23271 \f
23272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
23273 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23274
23275 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23276 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23277
23278 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23279
23280 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23281 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23282
23283 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23284
23285 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23286 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23287
23288 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23289
23290 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23291 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23292 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23293
23294 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23295 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23296 in ROT13.
23297
23298 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23299
23300 \(fn)" t nil)
23301
23302 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23303 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23304
23305 \(fn)" t nil)
23306
23307 ;;;***
23308 \f
23309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21343 35388 793281
23310 ;;;;;; 0))
23311 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23312 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23313
23314 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23315 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23316 \\<rst-mode-map>
23317
23318 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23319 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23320 highlighting.
23321
23322 \\{rst-mode-map}
23323
23324 \(fn)" t nil)
23325
23326 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23327 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23328 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23329 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23330 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23331
23332 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23333 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23334 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23335
23336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23337
23338 ;;;***
23339 \f
23340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21316
23341 ;;;;;; 41565 831567 0))
23342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23343 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23344
23345 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23346 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23347
23348 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23349
23350 \(fn)" t nil)
23351
23352 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23353
23354 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23355
23356 ;;;***
23357 \f
23358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21291 9464 291241
23359 ;;;;;; 0))
23360 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23361 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23362
23363 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23364 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23365 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23366
23367 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23368 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23369 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23370 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23371 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23372
23373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23374
23375 ;;;***
23376 \f
23377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21291 9464 291241
23378 ;;;;;; 0))
23379 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23380
23381 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23382 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23383 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23384 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23385
23386 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23387
23388 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23389 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23390 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23391
23392 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23393 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23394 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23395
23396 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23397 notation.
23398
23399 STRING
23400 matches string STRING literally.
23401
23402 CHAR
23403 matches character CHAR literally.
23404
23405 `not-newline', `nonl'
23406 matches any character except a newline.
23407
23408 `anything'
23409 matches any character
23410
23411 `(any SET ...)'
23412 `(in SET ...)'
23413 `(char SET ...)'
23414 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23415 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23416 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23417
23418 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23419 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23420 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23421 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23422
23423 `(not (any SET ...))'
23424 matches any character not in SET ...
23425
23426 `line-start', `bol'
23427 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23428 in the text being matched
23429
23430 `line-end', `eol'
23431 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23432
23433 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23434 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23435 string being matched against.
23436
23437 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23438 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23439 string being matched against.
23440
23441 `buffer-start'
23442 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23443 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23444
23445 `buffer-end'
23446 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23447 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23448
23449 `point'
23450 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23451
23452 `word-start', `bow'
23453 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23454
23455 `word-end', `eow'
23456 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23457
23458 `word-boundary'
23459 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23460 word.
23461
23462 `(not word-boundary)'
23463 `not-word-boundary'
23464 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23465 word.
23466
23467 `symbol-start'
23468 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23469
23470 `symbol-end'
23471 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23472
23473 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23474 matches 0 through 9.
23475
23476 `control', `cntrl'
23477 matches ASCII control characters.
23478
23479 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23480 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23481
23482 `blank'
23483 matches space and tab only.
23484
23485 `graphic', `graph'
23486 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23487 space, and DEL.
23488
23489 `printing', `print'
23490 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23491 and DEL.
23492
23493 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23494 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23495 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23496
23497 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23498 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23499 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23500
23501 `ascii'
23502 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23503
23504 `nonascii'
23505 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23506
23507 `lower', `lower-case'
23508 matches anything lower-case.
23509
23510 `upper', `upper-case'
23511 matches anything upper-case.
23512
23513 `punctuation', `punct'
23514 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23515 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23516
23517 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23518 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23519
23520 `word', `wordchar'
23521 matches anything that has word syntax.
23522
23523 `not-wordchar'
23524 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23525
23526 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23527 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23528 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23529 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23530
23531 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23532 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23533 `word' (\\sw)
23534 `symbol' (\\s_)
23535 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23536 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23537 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23538 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23539 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23540 `escape' (\\s\\)
23541 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23542 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23543 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23544 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23545 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23546
23547 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23548 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23549
23550 `(category CATEGORY)'
23551 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23552 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23553
23554 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23555 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23556 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23557 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23558 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23559 `symbol' (\\c5)
23560 `digit' (\\c6)
23561 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23562 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23563 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23564 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23565 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23566 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23567 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23568 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23569 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23570 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23571 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23572 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23573 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23574 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23575 `ascii' (\\ca)
23576 `arabic' (\\cb)
23577 `chinese' (\\cc)
23578 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23579 `greek' (\\cg)
23580 `korean' (\\ch)
23581 `indian' (\\ci)
23582 `japanese' (\\cj)
23583 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23584 `latin' (\\cl)
23585 `lao' (\\co)
23586 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23587 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23588 `thai' (\\ct)
23589 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23590 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23591 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23592 `can-break' (\\c|)
23593
23594 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23595 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23596
23597 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23598 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23599 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23600 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23601 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23602
23603 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23604 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23605 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23606 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23607
23608 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23609 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23610 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23611 group number N.
23612
23613 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23614 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23615 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23616 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23617 regular expression.
23618
23619 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23620 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23621 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23622 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23623 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23624
23625 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23626 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23627
23628 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23629 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23630
23631 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23632 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23633 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23634
23635 `(* SEXP ...)'
23636 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23637 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23638
23639 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23640 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23641 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23642
23643 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23644 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23645 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23646
23647 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23648 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23649
23650 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23651 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23652
23653 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23654 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23655 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23656 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23657
23658 `(? SEXP ...)'
23659 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23660
23661 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23662 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23663
23664 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23665 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23666 matches N occurrences.
23667
23668 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23669 matches N or more occurrences.
23670
23671 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23672 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23673 matches N to M occurrences.
23674
23675 `(backref N)'
23676 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23677
23678 `(eval FORM)'
23679 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23680 `regexp-quote' it.
23681
23682 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23683 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23684
23685 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23686
23687 ;;;***
23688 \f
23689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21291 9464
23690 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
23691 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23692 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23693
23694 ;;;***
23695 \f
23696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21291 9464 291241
23697 ;;;;;; 0))
23698 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23699 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23700
23701 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23702 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23703 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23704 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23705 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23706 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23707
23708 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23709
23710 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23711 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23713 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23714 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23715
23716 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23717 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23718 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23719 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23720
23721 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23722 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23723 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23724
23725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23726
23727 ;;;***
23728 \f
23729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21291 9464
23730 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
23731 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23732
23733 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23734 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23735 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23736
23737 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23738 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23739 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23740 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23741 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23742 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23743 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23744 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23745
23746 Commands:
23747 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23748 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23749 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23750
23751 \(fn)" t nil)
23752
23753 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23754 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23755 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23756
23757 Commands:
23758 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23759 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23760 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23761 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23762 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23763 that variable's value is a string.
23764
23765 \(fn)" t nil)
23766
23767 ;;;***
23768 \f
23769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21291 9464
23770 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
23771 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23772
23773 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23774 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23775 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23776
23777 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23778
23779 \(fn)" t nil)
23780
23781 ;;;***
23782 \f
23783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21291 9464 291241
23784 ;;;;;; 0))
23785 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23786
23787 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23788 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23789 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23791 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23792 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23793
23794 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23795
23796 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23797 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23798 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23799 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23800 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23801
23802 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23803 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23804
23805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23806
23807 ;;;***
23808 \f
23809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21291 9464
23810 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23812
23813 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23814 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23815 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23816 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23817 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23818 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23819 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23820 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23821
23822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23823
23824 ;;;***
23825 \f
23826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21291 9464 291241
23827 ;;;;;; 0))
23828 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23829 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23830 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23831
23832 ;;;***
23833 \f
23834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21291 9464
23835 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
23836 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23837 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23838
23839 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23840 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23841 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23842
23843 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23844 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23845 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23846 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23847 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23848 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23849 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23850 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23851 keybinding for tag names.
23852 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23853 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23854 of the symbol under point.
23855 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23856 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23857 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23858 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23859 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23860 syntax tokens.
23861 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23862
23863 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23864
23865 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23866 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23867 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23869 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23870 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23871
23872 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23873
23874 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23875 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23877 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23878 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23879
23880 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23881 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23882 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23883 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23884 Semantic mode.
23885
23886 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23887
23888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23889
23890 ;;;***
23891 \f
23892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23893 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
23894 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23895
23896 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23897 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23898
23899 \(fn)" t nil)
23900
23901 ;;;***
23902 \f
23903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23904 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
23905 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23906
23907 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23908 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23909
23910 \(fn)" t nil)
23911
23912 ;;;***
23913 \f
23914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21291 9464 291241
23915 ;;;;;; 0))
23916 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23917
23918 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23919 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23920
23921 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23922 king@grassland.com
23923 If `parens', they look like:
23924 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23925 If `angles', they look like:
23926 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23927
23928 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23929 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23930
23931 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23932
23933 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23934 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23935 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23936 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23937
23938 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23939 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23940 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23941 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23942
23943 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23944
23945 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23946 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23947 This is done when the message is initialized,
23948 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23949
23950 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23951
23952 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23953 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23954 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23955
23956 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23957
23958 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23959 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23960 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23961 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23962 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23963 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23964 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23965
23966 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23967
23968 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23969 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23970
23971 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23972
23973 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23974 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23975 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23976 be a Babyl file.")
23977
23978 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23979
23980 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23981 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23982 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23983 when you first send mail.")
23984
23985 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23986
23987 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23988 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23989 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23990 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23991 This file need not actually exist.")
23992
23993 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23994
23995 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23996 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23997
23998 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23999
24000 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24001 Alist of mail address aliases,
24002 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24003 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24004 can specify a different file name.)
24005 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24006 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24007
24008 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24009 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24010 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24011
24012 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24013
24014 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24015 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24016 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24017
24018 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24019
24020 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24021 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24022 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24023 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24024 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24025 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24026 in the cited portion of the message.
24027
24028 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24029 instead of no action.")
24030
24031 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24032
24033 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24034 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24035 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24036 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24037 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24038
24039 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24040
24041 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24042 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24043 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24044 If a string, that string is inserted.
24045 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24046 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24047 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24048 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24049
24050 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24051
24052 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24053 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24054
24055 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24056
24057 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24058 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24059 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24060
24061 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24062 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24063
24064 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24065
24066 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24067 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24068 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24069 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24070
24071 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24072
24073 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24074 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24075 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24076
24077 \(fn)" nil nil)
24078
24079 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24080
24081 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24082
24083
24084 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24085
24086 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24087 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24088 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24089
24090 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24091 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24092
24093 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24094 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24095 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24096 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24097 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24098 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24099 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24100 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24101 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24102 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24103 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24104 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24105 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24106 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24107
24108 \(fn)" t nil)
24109
24110 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24111 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24112 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24113 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24114
24115 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24116
24117 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24118 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24119 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24120 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24121 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24122 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24123
24124 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24125 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24126 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24127
24128 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24129 User should not set this variable manually,
24130 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24131 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24132 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24133
24134 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24135 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24136 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24137 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24138
24139 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24140 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24141
24142 \\<mail-mode-map>
24143 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24144
24145 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24146 to move to message header fields:
24147 \\{mail-mode-map}
24148
24149 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24150 when the message is initialized.
24151
24152 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24153 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24154
24155 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24156 is inserted.
24157
24158 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24159 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24160
24161 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24162 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24163 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24164 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24165 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24166 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24167 buffer without erasing the contents.
24168
24169 The second through fifth arguments,
24170 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24171 the initial contents of those header fields.
24172 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24173 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24174 original message being replied to, or else an action
24175 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24176 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24177 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24178 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24179 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24180 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24181
24182 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24183
24184 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24185 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24186
24187 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24188
24189 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24190 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24191
24192 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24193
24194 ;;;***
24195 \f
24196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21292 8122 451256 0))
24197 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24198
24199 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24200
24201 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24202
24203 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24204
24205 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24206 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24207 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24208 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24209 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24210 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24211
24212 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24213 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24214
24215 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24216 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24217 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24218
24219 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24220 \\[server-start].
24221
24222 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24223
24224 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24225 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24226 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24227 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24228
24229 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24230
24231 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24232 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24233 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24234 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24235 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24236 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24237
24238 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24239
24240 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24241 Toggle Server mode.
24242 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24243 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24244 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24245
24246 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24247 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24248 `server-start' for details.
24249
24250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24251
24252 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24253 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24254 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24255
24256 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24257 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24258
24259 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24260
24261 ;;;***
24262 \f
24263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
24264 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24265
24266 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24267 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24268
24269 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24270 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24271 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24272 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24273 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24274
24275 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24276 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24277 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24278 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24279 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24280 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24281
24282 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24283 displayed.
24284
24285 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24286 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24287 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24288
24289 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24290 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24291
24292 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24293 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24294
24295 \\{ses-mode-map}
24296 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24297 part):
24298 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24299 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24300 formula:
24301 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24302
24303 \(fn)" t nil)
24304
24305 ;;;***
24306 \f
24307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21291
24308 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
24309 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24310
24311 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24312 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24313 Makes > match <.
24314 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24315 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24316
24317 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24318 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24319 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24320
24321 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24322 in your init file.
24323
24324 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24325
24326 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24327 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24328 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24329
24330 \(fn)" t nil)
24331
24332 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24333 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24334 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24335 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24336 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24337 which this is based.
24338
24339 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24340
24341 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24342 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24343 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24344 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24345
24346 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24347 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24348 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24349
24350 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24351 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24352 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24353 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24354
24355 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24356 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24357 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24358 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24359
24360 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24361
24362 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24363 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24364 To work around that, do:
24365 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24366
24367 \\{html-mode-map}
24368
24369 \(fn)" t nil)
24370
24371 ;;;***
24372 \f
24373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21331
24374 ;;;;;; 44214 797573 0))
24375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24376 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24377 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24378
24379 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24380 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24381 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24382 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24383 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24384 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24385
24386 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24387 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24388 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24389 shell-specific features.
24390
24391 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24392 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24393 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24394 \\<sh-mode-map>
24395 \\[sh-case] case statement
24396 \\[sh-for] for loop
24397 \\[sh-function] function definition
24398 \\[sh-if] if statement
24399 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24400 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24401 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24402 \\[sh-select] select loop
24403 \\[sh-until] until loop
24404 \\[sh-while] while loop
24405
24406 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24407 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24408 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24409 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24410 would indent to the way it currently is.
24411 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24412 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24413
24414
24415 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24416 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24417 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24418 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24419 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24420 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24421
24422 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24423 unquoted < insert a here document.
24424
24425 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24426 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24427 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24428
24429 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24430 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24431
24432 \(fn)" t nil)
24433
24434 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24435
24436 ;;;***
24437 \f
24438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21291 9464
24439 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
24440 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24441
24442 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24443 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24444
24445 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24446 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24447 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24448
24449 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24450 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24451 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24452 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24453 the earlier.
24454
24455 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24456
24457 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24458
24459 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24460 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24461 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24462
24463 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24464 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24465
24466 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24467 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24468 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24469 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24470 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24471 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24472 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24473 Emacs version).
24474
24475 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24476 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24477 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24478 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24479 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24480
24481 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24482 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24483
24484 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24485
24486 ;;;***
24487 \f
24488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21291 9464 291241
24489 ;;;;;; 0))
24490 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24491
24492 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24493 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24494 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24495 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24496 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24497 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24498 sites in the cluster.
24499
24500 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24501
24502 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24503 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24504 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24505 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24506 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24507
24508 \(fn)" t nil)
24509
24510 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24511 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24512 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24513 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24514 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24515 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24516 `shadow-define-cluster').
24517
24518 \(fn)" t nil)
24519
24520 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24521 Set up file shadowing.
24522
24523 \(fn)" t nil)
24524
24525 ;;;***
24526 \f
24527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21314 35128 127485 0))
24528 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24529
24530 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24531 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24532 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24533 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24534 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24535 arguments.")
24536
24537 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24538
24539 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24540 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24541 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24542 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24543 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24544
24545 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24546 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24547 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24548 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24549 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24550 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24551 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24552 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24553 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24554 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24555 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24556
24557 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24558 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24559 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24560 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24561 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24562 `default-process-coding-system'.
24563
24564 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24565 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24566 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24567 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24568
24569 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24570
24571 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24572
24573 ;;;***
24574 \f
24575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21325 5431 348093 0))
24576 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24577
24578 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24579 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24580
24581 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24582
24583 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24584 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24585 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24586 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24587
24588 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24589
24590 ;;;***
24591 \f
24592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21291 9464 291241
24593 ;;;;;; 0))
24594 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24595
24596 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24597
24598
24599 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24600
24601 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24602
24603
24604 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24605
24606 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24607
24608
24609 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24610
24611 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24612
24613
24614 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24615
24616 ;;;***
24617 \f
24618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21291 9464
24619 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
24620 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24621
24622 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24623 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24624 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24625 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24626 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24627
24628 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24629
24630 \(fn)" t nil)
24631
24632 ;;;***
24633 \f
24634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21291 9464
24635 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
24636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24637
24638 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24639 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24640 \\{simula-mode-map}
24641 Variables controlling indentation style:
24642 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24643 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24644 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24645 `simula-indent-level'
24646 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24647 `simula-substatement-offset'
24648 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24649 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24650 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24651 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24652 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24653 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24654 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24655 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24656 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24657 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24658 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24659 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24660 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24661 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24662 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24663 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24664 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24665 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24666 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24667 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24668 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24669 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24670 or nil if they should not be changed.
24671 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24672 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24673 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24674 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24675
24676 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24677 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24678
24679 \(fn)" t nil)
24680
24681 ;;;***
24682 \f
24683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21292 8122 451256
24684 ;;;;;; 0))
24685 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24686
24687 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24688 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24689
24690 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24691 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24692 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24693 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24694
24695 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24696
24697 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24698
24699 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24700 Insert SKELETON.
24701 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24702 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24703 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24704 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24705 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24706
24707 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24708 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24709
24710 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24711
24712 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24713 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24714
24715 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24716 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24717 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24718 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24719
24720 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24721 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24722 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24723 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24724
24725 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24726 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24727 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24728
24729 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24730 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24731
24732 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24733 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24734
24735 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24736 _ interesting point, interregion here
24737 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24738 interesting point set by _
24739 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24740 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24741 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24742 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24743 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24744 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24745 nil skipped
24746
24747 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24748 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24749
24750 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24751 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24752 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24753 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24754 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24755 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24756 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24757 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24758
24759 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24760 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24761 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24762 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24763 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24764 available:
24765
24766 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24767 then: insert previously read string once more
24768 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24769 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24770 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24771
24772 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24773 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24774
24775 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24776
24777 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24778 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24779
24780 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24781 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24782 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24783 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24784 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24785 such as backslash.
24786
24787 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24788 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24789 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24790
24791 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24792
24793 ;;;***
24794 \f
24795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21291 9464
24796 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
24797 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24798
24799 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24800 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24801 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24802 buffer names.
24803
24804 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24805
24806 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24807 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24808 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24809 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24810 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24811 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24812
24813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24814
24815 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24816 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24817 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24818
24819 \(fn)" t nil)
24820
24821 ;;;***
24822 \f
24823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21291 9464 291241
24824 ;;;;;; 0))
24825 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24826
24827 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24828 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24829 A list of images is returned.
24830
24831 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24832
24833 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24834 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24835 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24836
24837 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24838
24839 ;;;***
24840 \f
24841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21291 9464 291241
24842 ;;;;;; 0))
24843 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24844
24845 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24846
24847
24848 \(fn)" nil nil)
24849
24850 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24851 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24852
24853 \(fn)" t nil)
24854
24855 ;;;***
24856 \f
24857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21291 9464 291241
24858 ;;;;;; 0))
24859 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24860
24861 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24862 Play the Snake game.
24863 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24864
24865 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24866
24867 Snake mode keybindings:
24868 \\<snake-mode-map>
24869 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24870 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24871 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24872 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24873 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24874 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24875 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24876
24877 \(fn)" t nil)
24878
24879 ;;;***
24880 \f
24881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21291 9464
24882 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
24883 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24884
24885 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24886 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24887 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24888 Tab indents for C code.
24889 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24890 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24891 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24892 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24893 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24894
24895 \(fn)" t nil)
24896
24897 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24898 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24899 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24900 Tab indents for C code.
24901 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24902 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24903 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24904 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24905 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24906
24907 \(fn)" t nil)
24908
24909 ;;;***
24910 \f
24911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21291 9464 291241
24912 ;;;;;; 0))
24913 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24914
24915 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24916 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24917 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24918 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24919 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24920
24921 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24922
24923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24924
24925 ;;;***
24926 \f
24927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21291 9464
24928 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
24929 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24930
24931 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24932 Play Solitaire.
24933
24934 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24935 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24936 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24937 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24938 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24939 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24940 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24941 check after each move or undo.)
24942
24943 What is Solitaire?
24944
24945 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24946 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24947 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24948
24949 Le Solitaire
24950 ============
24951
24952 o o o
24953
24954 o o o
24955
24956 o o o o o o o
24957
24958 o o o . o o o
24959
24960 o o o o o o o
24961
24962 o o o
24963
24964 o o o
24965
24966 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24967 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24968 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24969 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24970
24971 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24972 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24973 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24974 this: o o .
24975
24976 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24977 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24978
24979 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24980
24981 o o o
24982
24983 . o o
24984
24985 o o . o o o o
24986
24987 o . o o o o o
24988
24989 o o o o o o o
24990
24991 o o o
24992
24993 o o o
24994
24995 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24996
24997 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24998
24999 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25000
25001 ;;;***
25002 \f
25003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
25004 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25005 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25006
25007 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25008 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25009
25010 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25011 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25012 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25013 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25014 contiguous.
25015
25016 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25017 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25018 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25019 the sort order.
25020
25021 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25022 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25023
25024 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25025 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25026 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25027 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25028 is called.
25029
25030 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25031 It should move point to the end of the record.
25032
25033 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25034 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25035 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25036 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25037 starts at the beginning of the record.
25038
25039 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25040 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25041 same as ENDRECFUN.
25042
25043 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25044 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25045 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25046 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25047 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25048 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25049 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25050
25051 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25052
25053 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25054 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25055 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25056 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25057 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25058 the sort order.
25059
25060 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25061
25062 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25063 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25064 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25065 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25066 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25067 the sort order.
25068
25069 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25070
25071 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25072 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25073 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25074 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25075 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25076 the sort order.
25077
25078 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25079 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25080
25081 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25082 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25083 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25084 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25085 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25086 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25087 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25088 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25089 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25090
25091 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25092
25093 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25094 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25095 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25096 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25097 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25098 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25099 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25100 the sort order.
25101
25102 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25103
25104 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25105 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25106 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25107 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25108
25109 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25110 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25111
25112 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25113 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25114 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25115 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25116 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25117 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25118 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25119 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25120
25121 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25122
25123 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25124 the sort order.
25125
25126 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25127 starting with the letter \"f\",
25128 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25129
25130 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25131
25132 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25133 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25134 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25135 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25136 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25137 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25138 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25139 the sort order.
25140
25141 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25142 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25143 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25144 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25145 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25146
25147 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25148
25149 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25150 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25151 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25152
25153 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25154
25155 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25156 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25157 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25158 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25159 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25160 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25161 each repeated line.
25162
25163 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25164 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25165 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25166 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25167
25168 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25169 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25170
25171 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25172 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25173
25174 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25175
25176 ;;;***
25177 \f
25178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
25179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25180
25181 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25182 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25183 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25184 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25185 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25186 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25187
25188 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25189
25190 ;;;***
25191 \f
25192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21291
25193 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
25194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25195
25196 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25197 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25198
25199 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25200 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25201 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25202
25203 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25204
25205 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25206 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25207 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25208 server.
25209
25210 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25211
25212 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25213 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25214 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25215
25216 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25217
25218 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25219 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25220 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25221 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25222 Agent is plugged.
25223
25224 \(fn)" t nil)
25225
25226 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25227 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25228 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25229 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25230
25231 \(fn)" t nil)
25232
25233 ;;;***
25234 \f
25235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21334 20411 906208
25236 ;;;;;; 0))
25237 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25238
25239 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25240
25241 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25242 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25243 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25244 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25245 supported at a time.
25246 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25247 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25248
25249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25250
25251 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25252 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25253 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25254 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25255
25256 \(fn)" t nil)
25257
25258 ;;;***
25259 \f
25260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21291 9464 291241
25261 ;;;;;; 0))
25262 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25263
25264 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25265 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25266
25267 \(fn)" t nil)
25268
25269 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25270 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25271
25272 \(fn)" nil nil)
25273
25274 ;;;***
25275 \f
25276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21291 9464 291241
25277 ;;;;;; 0))
25278 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25279 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25280
25281 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25282 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25283
25284 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25285 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25286 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25287 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25288 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25289 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25290 of the current highlighting list.
25291
25292 For example:
25293
25294 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25295 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25296
25297 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25298 `_t' as data types.
25299
25300 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25301
25302 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25303 Major mode to edit SQL.
25304
25305 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25306 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25307 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25308
25309 \\{sql-mode-map}
25310 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25311
25312 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25313 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25314 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25315 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25316 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25317 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25318
25319 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25320 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25321
25322 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25323 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25324 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25325
25326 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25327 (lambda ()
25328 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25329
25330 \(fn)" t nil)
25331
25332 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25333 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25334
25335 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25336 their settings.
25337
25338 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25339 is specified in the connection settings.
25340
25341 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25342
25343 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25344 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25345
25346 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25347 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25348
25349 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25350 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25351 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25352 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25353
25354 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25355
25356 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25357
25358 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25359 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25360
25361 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25362 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25363 `*SQL*'.
25364
25365 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25366 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25367 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25368 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25369
25370 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25371 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25372
25373 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25374 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25375 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25376 buffer.
25377
25378 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25379 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25380 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25381 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25382 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25383 `default-process-coding-system'.
25384
25385 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25386
25387 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25388
25389 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25390 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25391
25392 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25393 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25394 `*SQL*'.
25395
25396 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25397 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25398 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25399 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25400
25401 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25402 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25403
25404 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25405 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25406 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25407 buffer.
25408
25409 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25410 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25411 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25412 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25413 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25414 `default-process-coding-system'.
25415
25416 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25417
25418 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25419
25420 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25421 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25422
25423 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25424 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25425 `*SQL*'.
25426
25427 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25428 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25429
25430 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25431 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25432
25433 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25434 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25435 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25436 buffer.
25437
25438 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25439 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25440 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25441 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25442 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25443 `default-process-coding-system'.
25444
25445 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25446
25447 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25448
25449 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25450 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25451
25452 SQLite is free software.
25453
25454 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25455 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25456 `*SQL*'.
25457
25458 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25459 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25460 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25461 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25462
25463 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25464 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25465
25466 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25467 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25468 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25469 buffer.
25470
25471 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25472 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25473 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25474 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25475 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25476 `default-process-coding-system'.
25477
25478 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25479
25480 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25481
25482 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25483 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25484
25485 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25486
25487 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25488 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25489 `*SQL*'.
25490
25491 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25492 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25493 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25494 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25495
25496 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25497 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25498
25499 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25500 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25501 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25502 buffer.
25503
25504 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25505 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25506 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25507 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25508 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25509 `default-process-coding-system'.
25510
25511 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25512
25513 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25514
25515 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25516 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25517
25518 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25519 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25520 `*SQL*'.
25521
25522 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25523 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25524 defaults, if set.
25525
25526 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25527 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25528
25529 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25530 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25531 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25532 buffer.
25533
25534 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25535 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25536 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25537 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25538 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25539 `default-process-coding-system'.
25540
25541 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25542
25543 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25544
25545 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25546 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25547
25548 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25549 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25550 `*SQL*'.
25551
25552 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25553 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25554
25555 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25556 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25557
25558 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25559 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25560 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25561 buffer.
25562
25563 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25564 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25565 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25566 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25567 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25568 `default-process-coding-system'.
25569
25570 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25571
25572 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25573
25574 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25575 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25576
25577 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25578 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25579 `*SQL*'.
25580
25581 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25582 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25583 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25584 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25585
25586 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25587 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25588
25589 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25590 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25591 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25592 buffer.
25593
25594 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25595 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25596 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25597 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25598 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25599 `default-process-coding-system'.
25600
25601 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25602
25603 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25604
25605 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25606 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25607
25608 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25609 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25610 `*SQL*'.
25611
25612 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25613 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25614 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25615 `sql-postgres-options'.
25616
25617 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25618 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25619
25620 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25621 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25622 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25623 buffer.
25624
25625 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25626 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25627 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25628 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25629 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25630 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25631 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25632 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25633
25634 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25635 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25636
25637 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25638
25639 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25640
25641 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25642 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25643
25644 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25645 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25646 `*SQL*'.
25647
25648 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25649 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25650 defaults, if set.
25651
25652 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25653 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25654
25655 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25656 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25657 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25658 buffer.
25659
25660 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25661 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25662 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25663 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25664 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25665 `default-process-coding-system'.
25666
25667 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25668
25669 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25670
25671 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25672 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25673
25674 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25675 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25676 `*SQL*'.
25677
25678 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25679 automatic login.
25680
25681 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25682 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25683
25684 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25685 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25686 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25687 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25688
25689 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25690 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25691 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25692 buffer.
25693
25694 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25695 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25696 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25697 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25698 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25699 `default-process-coding-system'.
25700
25701 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25702
25703 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25704
25705 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25706 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25707
25708 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25709 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25710 `*SQL*'.
25711
25712 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25713 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25714 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25715 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25716 parameters.
25717
25718 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25719 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25720 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25721 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25722 an empty password.
25723
25724 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25725 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25726
25727 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25728 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25729 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25730 buffer.
25731
25732 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25733
25734 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25735
25736 ;;;***
25737 \f
25738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21291 9464 291241
25739 ;;;;;; 0))
25740 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25741 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25742
25743 ;;;***
25744 \f
25745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25746 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
25747 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25748
25749 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25750 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25751
25752 \(fn)" t nil)
25753
25754 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25755
25756 ;;;***
25757 \f
25758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21291 9464 291241
25759 ;;;;;; 0))
25760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25761
25762 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25763 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25764 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25765 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25766 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25767 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25768 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25769 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25770 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25771 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25772 with any buffer
25773 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25774 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25775 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25776 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25777
25778 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25779
25780 ;;;***
25781 \f
25782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
25783 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25784
25785 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25786 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25787 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25788 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25789 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25790 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25791
25792 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25793
25794 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25795
25796 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25797 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25798 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25799 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25800 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25801 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25802 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25803
25804 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25805
25806 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25807 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25808 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25809 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25810 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25811 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25812 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25813
25814 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25815
25816 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25817 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25818 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25819
25820 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25821
25822 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25823 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25824 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25825
25826 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25827
25828 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25829 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25830
25831 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25832
25833 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25834 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25835
25836 \(fn)" t nil)
25837
25838 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25839 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25840
25841 \(fn)" t nil)
25842
25843 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25844 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25845 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25846 by command name.
25847 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25848
25849 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25850
25851 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25852 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25853 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25855 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25856 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25857
25858 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25859
25860 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25861 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25862 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25863 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25864 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25865
25866 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25867 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25868 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25869 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25870 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25871
25872 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25873 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25874 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25875 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25876
25877 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25878
25879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25880
25881 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25882 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25883 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25884 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25885
25886 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25887
25888 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25889 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25890
25891 \(fn)" t nil)
25892
25893 ;;;***
25894 \f
25895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21291 9464 291241
25896 ;;;;;; 0))
25897 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25898
25899 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25900 Studlify-case the region.
25901
25902 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25903
25904 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25905 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25906
25907 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25908
25909 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25910 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25911
25912 \(fn)" t nil)
25913
25914 ;;;***
25915 \f
25916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21291 9464
25917 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
25918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25919
25920 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25921 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25922 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25923 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25924 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25925
25926 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25927 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25928 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25929 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25930
25931 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25932 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25933 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25934
25935 Nomenclature Subwords
25936 ===========================================================
25937 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25938 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25939 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25940
25941 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25942 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25943 as words.
25944
25945 \\{subword-mode-map}
25946
25947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25948
25949 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25950 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25951 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25953 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25954 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25955
25956 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25957
25958 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25959 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25960 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25961 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25962 ARG is omitted or nil.
25963
25964 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25965 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25966 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25967
25968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25969
25970 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25971 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25974 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25975
25976 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25977 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25978 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25979
25980 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25981 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25982 edit them as words.
25983
25984 \\{superword-mode-map}
25985
25986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25987
25988 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25989 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25990 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25991 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25992 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25993 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25994
25995 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25996
25997 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25998 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25999 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26000 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26001 ARG is omitted or nil.
26002
26003 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26004 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26005 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26006
26007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26008
26009 ;;;***
26010 \f
26011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21291 9464
26012 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
26013 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26014
26015 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26016 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26017 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26018 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26019 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26020 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26021 original message but it does require a few things:
26022
26023 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26024
26025 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26026 reply buffer.
26027
26028 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26029 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26030 original message.
26031
26032 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26033
26034 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26035
26036 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26037 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26038 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26039
26040 \(fn)" nil nil)
26041
26042 ;;;***
26043 \f
26044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
26045 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26046
26047 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26048
26049 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26050 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26051 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26052 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26053 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26054 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26055
26056 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26057
26058 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26059 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26060 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26061 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26062 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26063
26064 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26065 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26066 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26067
26068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26069
26070 ;;;***
26071 \f
26072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
26073 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26074
26075 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26076 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26077 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26078 buffer.
26079
26080 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26081 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26082 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26083
26084 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26085
26086 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26087 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26088 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26089 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26090 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26091 buffer.
26092
26093 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26094 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26095 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26096
26097 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26098
26099 ;;;***
26100 \f
26101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21291 9464 291241
26102 ;;;;;; 0))
26103 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26104
26105 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26106 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26107 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26108
26109 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26110
26111 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26112 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26113
26114 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26115
26116 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26117 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26118
26119 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26120
26121 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26122 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26123
26124 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26125
26126 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26127 Insert an editable text table.
26128 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26129 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26130 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26131 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26132 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26133 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26134 delimiting them.
26135
26136 Examples:
26137
26138 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26139
26140 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26141 location of point.
26142
26143 -!-
26144
26145 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26146 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26147 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26148 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26149 first cell.
26150
26151 +-----+-----+-----+
26152 |-!- | | |
26153 +-----+-----+-----+
26154
26155 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26156
26157 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26158 width, which results as
26159
26160 +--------------+-----+-----+
26161 |-!- | | |
26162 +--------------+-----+-----+
26163
26164 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26165 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26166
26167 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26168 | | |-!- |
26169 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26170
26171 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26172 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26173 width information to `table-insert'.
26174
26175 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26176
26177 instead of
26178
26179 Cell width(s): 5
26180
26181 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26182 work all together.
26183
26184 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26185 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26186
26187 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26188 |-!- | | |
26189 | | | |
26190 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26191
26192 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26193
26194 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26195 |-!- | | |
26196 | | | |
26197 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26198 | | | |
26199 | | | |
26200 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26201
26202 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26203
26204 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26205 | | | |
26206 | | | |
26207 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26208 | | | |
26209 | | | |
26210 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26211 -!-
26212
26213 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26214 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26215 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26216
26217 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26218 | | | |
26219 | | | |
26220 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26221 | | | |
26222 | | | |
26223 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26224 |-!- | | |
26225 | | | |
26226 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26227
26228 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26229 results.
26230
26231 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26232 | | | |
26233 | | | |
26234 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26235 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26236 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26237 | | |expected results.-!- |
26238 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26239 | | | |
26240 | | | |
26241 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26242
26243 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26244
26245 \\{table-cell-map}
26246
26247 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26248
26249 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26250 Insert N table row(s).
26251 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26252 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26253 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26254 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26255
26256 \(fn N)" t nil)
26257
26258 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26259 Insert N table column(s).
26260 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26261 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26262 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26263 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26264
26265 \(fn N)" t nil)
26266
26267 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26268 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26269 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26270
26271 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26272
26273 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26274 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26275 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26276 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26277 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26278 all the table specific features.
26279
26280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26281
26282 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26283
26284
26285 \(fn)" t nil)
26286
26287 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26288 Recognize all tables within region.
26289 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26290 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26291 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26292 specific features.
26293
26294 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26295
26296 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26297
26298
26299 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26300
26301 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26302 Recognize a table at point.
26303 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26304 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26305 the table specific features.
26306
26307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26308
26309 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26310
26311
26312 \(fn)" t nil)
26313
26314 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26315 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26316 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26317 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26318 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26319 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26320 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26321
26322 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26323
26324 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26325
26326
26327 \(fn)" t nil)
26328
26329 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26330 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26331 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26332 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26333 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26334 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26335 specified.
26336
26337 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26338
26339 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26340 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26341 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26342 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26343 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26344 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26345 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26346 table structure.
26347
26348 \(fn N)" t nil)
26349
26350 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26351 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26352 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26353 table's rectangle structure.
26354
26355 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26356
26357 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26358 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26359 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26360 table's rectangle structure.
26361
26362 \(fn N)" t nil)
26363
26364 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26365 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26366 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26367 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26368 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26369
26370 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26371
26372 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26373 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26374 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26375
26376 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26377 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26378 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26379 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26380 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26381 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26382 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26383
26384 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26385 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26386 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26387 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26388 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26389 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26390 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26391
26392 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26393 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26394 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26395 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26396 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26397 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26398 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26399 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26400
26401 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26402
26403 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26404 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26405 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26406 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26407
26408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26409
26410 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26411 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26412 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26413
26414 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26415
26416 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26417 Split current cell vertically.
26418 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26419
26420 \(fn)" t nil)
26421
26422 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26423 Split current cell horizontally.
26424 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26425
26426 \(fn)" t nil)
26427
26428 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26429 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26430 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26431
26432 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26433
26434 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26435 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26436 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26437 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26438
26439 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26440
26441 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26442 Justify cell contents.
26443 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26444 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26445 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26446 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26447
26448 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26449
26450 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26451 Justify cells of a row.
26452 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26453 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26454
26455 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26456
26457 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26458 Justify cells of a column.
26459 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26460 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26461
26462 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26463
26464 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26465 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26466 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26467 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26468 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26469 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26470 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26471 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26472 run-time.
26473
26474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26475
26476 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26477 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26478 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26479 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26480 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26481 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26482 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26483 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26484 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26485 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26486 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26487
26488 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26489
26490 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26491 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26492 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26493 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26494 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26495 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26496 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26497 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26498 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26499 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26500 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26501 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26502 untouched.
26503
26504 References used for this implementation:
26505
26506 HTML:
26507 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26508
26509 LaTeX:
26510 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26511
26512 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26513 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26514 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26515
26516 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26517
26518 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26519 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26520 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26521 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26522 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26523 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26524 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26525 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26526 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26527 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26528 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26529 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26530 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26531 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26532 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26533 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26534 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26535
26536 Example:
26537
26538 (progn
26539 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26540 (table-forward-cell 15)
26541 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26542 (table-forward-cell 16)
26543 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26544 (table-forward-cell 1)
26545 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26546
26547 (progn
26548 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26549 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26550 (table-forward-cell 1)
26551 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26552
26553 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26554
26555 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26556 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26557 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26558 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26559 consists from cells of same height.
26560
26561 \(fn N)" t nil)
26562
26563 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26564 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26565 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26566 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26567 column must consists from cells of same width.
26568
26569 \(fn N)" t nil)
26570
26571 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26572 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26573 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26574 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26575 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26576 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26577 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26578 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26579 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26580 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26581 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26582 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26583 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26584 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26585 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26586
26587
26588 Example 1:
26589
26590 1, 2, 3, 4
26591 5, 6, 7, 8
26592 , 9, 10
26593
26594 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26595 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26596 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26597 specified as 5.
26598
26599 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26600 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26601 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26602 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26603 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26604 | | 9 | 10 | |
26605 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26606
26607 Note:
26608
26609 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26610 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26611 of each row is optional.
26612
26613
26614 Example 2:
26615
26616 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26617 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26618 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26619 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26620 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26621
26622 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26623 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26624
26625 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26626 expression and raw delimiter regular
26627 expression, it parses the specified text
26628 area and extracts cell items from
26629 non-table text and then forms a table out
26630 of them.
26631
26632 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26633 creates a single cell table. The text in
26634 the specified region is placed in that
26635 cell.-*-
26636
26637 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26638 like this.
26639
26640 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26641 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26642 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26643 | |
26644 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26645 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26646 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26647 | area and extracts cell items from |
26648 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26649 | of them. |
26650 | |
26651 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26652 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26653 | the specified region is placed in that |
26654 | cell. |
26655 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26656
26657 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26658 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26659 independently.
26660
26661 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26662 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26663 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26664 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26665 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26666 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26667 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26668 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26669 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26670 | |of them. |
26671 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26672 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26673 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26674 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26675 | |cell. |
26676 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26677
26678 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26679 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26680 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26681
26682 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26683
26684 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26685 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26686 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26687 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26688 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26689
26690 \(fn)" t nil)
26691
26692 ;;;***
26693 \f
26694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
26695 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26696
26697 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26698 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26699
26700 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26701
26702 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26703 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26704
26705 \(fn)" t nil)
26706
26707 ;;;***
26708 \f
26709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21291 9464 291241
26710 ;;;;;; 0))
26711 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26712
26713 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26714 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26715 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26716 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26717 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26718 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26719 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26720
26721 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26722 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26723 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26724 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26725
26726 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26727 \\{tar-mode-map}
26728
26729 \(fn)" t nil)
26730
26731 ;;;***
26732 \f
26733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21291 9464 291241
26734 ;;;;;; 0))
26735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26736
26737 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26738 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26739 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26740 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26741 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26742 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26743
26744 Variables controlling indentation style:
26745 `tcl-indent-level'
26746 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26747 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26748 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26749
26750 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26751 documentation for details):
26752 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26753 Controls action of TAB key.
26754 `tcl-auto-newline'
26755 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26756 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26757 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26758 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26759 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26760
26761 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26762 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26763 already exist.
26764
26765 \(fn)" t nil)
26766
26767 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26768 Run inferior Tcl process.
26769 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26770 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26771
26772 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26773
26774 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26775 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26776 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26777
26778 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26779
26780 ;;;***
26781 \f
26782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21291 9464 291241
26783 ;;;;;; 0))
26784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26785
26786 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26787 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26788 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26789 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26790
26791 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26792 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26793 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26794 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26795 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26796
26797 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26798
26799 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26800 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26801 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26802 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26803
26804 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26805
26806 ;;;***
26807 \f
26808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21335 41274 440541 0))
26809 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26810
26811 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26812 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26813 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26814 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26815 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26816 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26817
26818 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26819
26820 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26821 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26822 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26823 commands to use in that buffer.
26824
26825 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26826
26827 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26828
26829 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26830 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26831
26832 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26833
26834 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26835 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26836 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26837 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26838 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26839 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26840 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26841 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26842 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26843 use in that buffer.
26844 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26845
26846 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26847
26848 ;;;***
26849 \f
26850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21291
26851 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
26852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26853
26854 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26855 Start coverage on function under point.
26856
26857 \(fn)" t nil)
26858
26859 ;;;***
26860 \f
26861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21291 9464 291241
26862 ;;;;;; 0))
26863 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26864 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26865
26866 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26867 Play the Tetris game.
26868 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26869 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26870 as to form complete rows.
26871
26872 tetris-mode keybindings:
26873 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26874 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26875 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26876 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26877 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26878 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26879 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26880 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26881 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26882
26883 \(fn)" t nil)
26884
26885 ;;;***
26886 \f
26887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21291 9464
26888 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
26889 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26890
26891 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26892 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26893
26894 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26895
26896 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26897 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26898 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26899 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26900 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26901
26902 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26903
26904 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26905 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26906 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26907 if it matches the first line of the file,
26908 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26909
26910 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26911
26912 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26913 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26914 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26915 if the variable is non-nil.")
26916
26917 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26918
26919 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26920 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26921
26922 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26923
26924 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26925 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26926 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26927 See the documentation of that variable.")
26928
26929 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26930
26931 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26932 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26933 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26934 See the documentation of that variable.")
26935
26936 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26937
26938 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26939 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26940 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26941 See the documentation of that variable.")
26942
26943 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26944
26945 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26946 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26947 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26948 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26949 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26950
26951 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26952
26953 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26954 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26955 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26956 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26957
26958 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26959
26960 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26961 User defined LaTeX block names.
26962 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26963
26964 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26965
26966 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26967 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26968 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26969 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26970
26971 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26972
26973 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26974 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26975 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26976 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26977
26978 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26979
26980 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26981 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26982 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26983 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26984
26985 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26986 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26987 for example,
26988
26989 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26990 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26991
26992 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26993 use.")
26994
26995 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26996
26997 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26998 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26999 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27000 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27001 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27002
27003 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27004
27005 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27006
27007 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27008 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27009 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27010
27011 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27012
27013 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27014 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27015 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27016 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27017 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27018
27019 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27020
27021 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27022 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27023
27024 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27025
27026 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27027 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27028
27029 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27030
27031 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27032 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27033 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27034 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27035 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27036 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27037 says which mode to use.
27038
27039 \(fn)" t nil)
27040
27041 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27042
27043 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27044
27045 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27046
27047 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27048 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27049 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27050 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27051 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27052
27053 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27054 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27055 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27056 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27057 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27058 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27059 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27060
27061 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27062 mismatched $'s or braces.
27063
27064 Special commands:
27065 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27066
27067 Mode variables:
27068 tex-run-command
27069 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27070 tex-directory
27071 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27072 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27073 tex-dvi-print-command
27074 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27075 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27076 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27077 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27078 tex-dvi-view-command
27079 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27080 tex-show-queue-command
27081 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27082 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27083
27084 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27085 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27086 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27087
27088 \(fn)" t nil)
27089
27090 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27091 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27092 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27093 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27094 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27095
27096 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27097 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27098 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27099 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27100 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27101 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27102 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27103
27104 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27105 mismatched $'s or braces.
27106
27107 Special commands:
27108 \\{latex-mode-map}
27109
27110 Mode variables:
27111 latex-run-command
27112 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27113 tex-directory
27114 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27115 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27116 tex-dvi-print-command
27117 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27118 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27119 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27120 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27121 tex-dvi-view-command
27122 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27123 tex-show-queue-command
27124 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27125 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27126
27127 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27128 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27129 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27130
27131 \(fn)" t nil)
27132
27133 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27134 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27135 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27136 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27137 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27138
27139 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27140 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27141 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27142 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27143 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27144 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27145 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27146
27147 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27148 mismatched $'s or braces.
27149
27150 Special commands:
27151 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27152
27153 Mode variables:
27154 slitex-run-command
27155 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27156 tex-directory
27157 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27158 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27159 tex-dvi-print-command
27160 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27161 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27162 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27163 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27164 tex-dvi-view-command
27165 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27166 tex-show-queue-command
27167 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27168 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27169
27170 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27171 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27172 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27173 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27174
27175 \(fn)" t nil)
27176
27177 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27178
27179
27180 \(fn)" nil nil)
27181
27182 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27183 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27184
27185 \(fn)" t nil)
27186
27187 ;;;***
27188 \f
27189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21291 9464
27190 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
27191 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27192
27193 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27194 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27195 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27196 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27197
27198 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27199 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27200 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27201
27202 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27203
27204 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27205 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27206 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27207 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27208 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27209
27210 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27211
27212 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27213 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27214 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27215 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27216
27217 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27218 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27219 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27220 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27221
27222 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27223 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27224
27225 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27226
27227 ;;;***
27228 \f
27229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21291 9464
27230 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
27231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27232
27233 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27234 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27235
27236 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27237
27238 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27239 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27240
27241 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27242
27243 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27244 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27245
27246 It has these extra commands:
27247 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27248
27249 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27250 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27251 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27252 modified version of TeX input format.
27253
27254 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27255 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27256 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27257 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27258
27259 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27260 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27261 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27262 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27263 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27264 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27265 in the Texinfo file.
27266
27267 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27268 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27269 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27270 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27271 move forward past the closing brace.
27272
27273 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27274 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27275
27276 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27277 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27278 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27279
27280 Here are the functions:
27281
27282 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27283 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27284 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27285
27286 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27287 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27288 texinfo-master-menu
27289
27290 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27291
27292 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27293 which menu descriptions are indented.
27294
27295 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27296 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27297 in the region.
27298
27299 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27300 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27301 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27302 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27303
27304 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27305 be the first node in the file.
27306
27307 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27308 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27309
27310 \(fn)" t nil)
27311
27312 ;;;***
27313 \f
27314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21291
27315 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
27316 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27317
27318 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27319 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27320 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27321 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27322
27323 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27324
27325 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27326 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27327
27328 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27329
27330 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27331 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27332
27333 \(fn)" t nil)
27334
27335 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27336
27337
27338 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27339
27340 ;;;***
27341 \f
27342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21291 9464 291241
27343 ;;;;;; 0))
27344 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27345
27346 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27347 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27348 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27349 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27350 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27351 `line', and `page'.
27352
27353 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27354
27355 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27356 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27357 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27358 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27359 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27360 `line', and `page'.
27361
27362 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27363 valid THING.
27364
27365 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27366 positions of the thing found.
27367
27368 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27369
27370 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27371 Return the THING at point.
27372 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27373 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27374 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27375 `line', `number', and `page'.
27376
27377 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27378 strip text properties from the return value.
27379
27380 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27381 a symbol as a valid THING.
27382
27383 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27384
27385 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27386 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27387
27388 \(fn)" nil nil)
27389
27390 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27391 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27392
27393 \(fn)" nil nil)
27394
27395 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27396 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27397
27398 \(fn)" nil nil)
27399
27400 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27401 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27402
27403 \(fn)" nil nil)
27404
27405 ;;;***
27406 \f
27407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
27408 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27409
27410 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27411 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27412
27413 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27414
27415 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27416 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27417 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27418 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27419
27420 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27421
27422 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27423 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27424
27425 \(fn)" t nil)
27426
27427 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27428 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27429
27430 \(fn)" t nil)
27431
27432 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27433
27434 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27435 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27436
27437 \(fn)" t nil)
27438
27439 ;;;***
27440 \f
27441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21291
27442 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
27443 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27444
27445 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27446 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27447 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27448
27449 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27450
27451 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27452 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27453
27454 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27455
27456 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27457 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27458 The returned string has no composition information.
27459
27460 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27461
27462 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27463 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27464
27465 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27466
27467 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27468 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27469
27470 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27471
27472 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27473 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27474 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27475 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27476
27477 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27478
27479 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27480 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27481 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27482 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27483
27484 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27485
27486 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27487 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27488 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27489
27490 \(fn)" t nil)
27491
27492 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27493 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27494 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27495
27496 \(fn)" t nil)
27497
27498 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27499
27500
27501 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27502
27503 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27504
27505
27506 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27507
27508 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27509
27510
27511 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27512
27513 ;;;***
27514 \f
27515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21291 9464
27516 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
27517 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27518 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27519
27520 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27521 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27522 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27523 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27524 parameters.
27525 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27526
27527 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27528
27529 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27530 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27531 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27532 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27533 parameters.
27534 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27535
27536 \(fn)" t nil)
27537
27538 ;;;***
27539 \f
27540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
27541 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27542
27543 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27544 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27545
27546 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27547 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27548
27549 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27550 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27551 This display updates automatically every minute.
27552 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27553 are displayed as well.
27554 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27555
27556 \(fn)" t nil)
27557
27558 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27559 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27560 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27561 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27562 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27563 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27564
27565 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27566
27567 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27568 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27569 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27570 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27571 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27572
27573 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27574 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27575 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27576 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27577 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27578
27579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27580
27581 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27582 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27583 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27584 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27585
27586 \(fn)" t nil)
27587
27588 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27589 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27590 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27591 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27592
27593 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27594
27595 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27596 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27597
27598 \(fn)" t nil)
27599
27600 ;;;***
27601 \f
27602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21291
27603 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
27604 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27605
27606 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27607 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27608 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27609
27610 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27611 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27612 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27613 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27614 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27615 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27616
27617 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27618 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27619
27620 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27621
27622 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27623 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27624
27625 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27626
27627 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27628 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27629
27630 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27631
27632 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27633 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27634 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27635
27636 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27637
27638 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27639
27640 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27641 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27642 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27643
27644 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27645
27646 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27647 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27648
27649 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27650
27651 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27652 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27653 DATE should be a date-time string.
27654
27655 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27656
27657 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27658 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27659 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27660
27661 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27662
27663 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27664 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27665
27666 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27667
27668 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27669 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27670
27671 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27672
27673 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27674 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27675 TIME should be a time value.
27676 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27677
27678 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27679
27680 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27681 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27682 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27683
27684 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27685
27686 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27687 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27688 The valid format specifiers are:
27689 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27690 %d is the number of days.
27691 %h is the number of hours.
27692 %m is the number of minutes.
27693 %s is the number of seconds.
27694 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27695 %% is a literal \"%\".
27696
27697 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27698 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27699
27700 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27701 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27702 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27703
27704 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27705 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27706 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27707
27708 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27709
27710 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27711
27712 ;;;***
27713 \f
27714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21291 9464 291241
27715 ;;;;;; 0))
27716 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27717 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27718 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27719 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27720 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27721 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27722 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27723 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27724 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27725
27726 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27727 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27728 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27729 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27730 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27731 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27732 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27733 look like one of the following:
27734 Time-stamp: <>
27735 Time-stamp: \" \"
27736 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27737 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27738 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27739 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27740 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27741 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27742 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27743 the template.
27744
27745 \(fn)" t nil)
27746
27747 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27748 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27749 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27750
27751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27752
27753 ;;;***
27754 \f
27755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21291
27756 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
27757 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27758 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27759
27760 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27761 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27762 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27764 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27765 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27766
27767 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27768
27769 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27770 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27771 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27772 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27773 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27774 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27775 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27776 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27777 display (non-nil means on).
27778
27779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27780
27781 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27782 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27783 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27784 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27785 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27786 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27787 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27788 this function is called within a day.
27789
27790 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27791 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27792 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27793 discover the name of the project.
27794
27795 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27796
27797 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27798 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27799 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27800 begun during the last time segment.
27801
27802 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27803 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27804 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27805 discover the reason.
27806
27807 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27808
27809 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27810 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27811 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27812 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27813 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27814
27815 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27816
27817 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27818 Change to working on a different project.
27819 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27820 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27821 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27822 working on.
27823
27824 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27825
27826 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27827 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27828 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27829
27830 \(fn)" nil nil)
27831
27832 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27833 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27834 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27835
27836 \(fn)" t nil)
27837
27838 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27839 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27840 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27841 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27842 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27843 \"relative to today\".
27844
27845 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27846
27847 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27848 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27849 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27850 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27851
27852 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27853
27854 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27855 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27856 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27857 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27858 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27859 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27860
27861 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27862
27863 ;;;***
27864 \f
27865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27866 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
27867 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27868
27869 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27870 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27871 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27872 the generated Quail package is saved.
27873
27874 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27875
27876 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27877 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27878 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27879 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27880 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27881 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27882 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27883
27884 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27885
27886 ;;;***
27887 \f
27888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
27889 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27890 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27891 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27892
27893 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27894 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27895 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27896 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27897 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27898
27899 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27900 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27901 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27902
27903 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27904
27905 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27906 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27907 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27908 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27909 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27910
27911 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27912
27913 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27914 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27915 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27916 in the menu in two ways:
27917 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27918 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27919 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27920
27921 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27922 keymap or an alist of alists.
27923 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27924 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27925
27926 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27927
27928 ;;;***
27929 \f
27930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21291
27931 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
27932 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27933
27934 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27935 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27936
27937 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27938 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27939 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27940 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27941 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27942 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27943 file was last visited.
27944
27945 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27946 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27947 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27948 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27949 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27950 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27951 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27952 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27953 for the first item.
27954
27955 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27956 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27957 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27958 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27959 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27960 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27961 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27962 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27963
27964 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27965 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27966 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27967 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27968 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27969
27970 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27971 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27972
27973 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27974
27975 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27976 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27977
27978 \\{todo-mode-map}
27979
27980 \(fn)" t nil)
27981
27982 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27983 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27984
27985 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27986
27987 \(fn)" t nil)
27988
27989 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27990 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27991
27992 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27993
27994 \(fn)" t nil)
27995
27996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.todo\\'" . todo-mode))
27997
27998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.toda\\'" . todo-archive-mode))
27999
28000 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.tod[tyr]\\'" . todo-filtered-items-mode))
28001
28002 ;;;***
28003 \f
28004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21291 9464 291241
28005 ;;;;;; 0))
28006 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28007
28008 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28009 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28010 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28011
28012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28013
28014 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28015 Add an item to the tool bar.
28016 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28017 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28018 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28019 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28020
28021 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28022 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28023 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28024 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28025
28026 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28027 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28028
28029 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28030
28031 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28032 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28033 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28034 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28035 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28036 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28037
28038 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28039 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28040 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28041 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28042
28043 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28044
28045 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28046 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28047 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28048 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28049 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28050 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28051 properties to add to the binding.
28052
28053 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28054
28055 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28056 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28057
28058 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28059
28060 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28061 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28062 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28063 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28064 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28065 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28066 properties to add to the binding.
28067
28068 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28069 holds a keymap.
28070
28071 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28072
28073 ;;;***
28074 \f
28075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21291 9464
28076 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
28077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28078 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28079
28080 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28081 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28082 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28083 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28084 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28085 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28086
28087 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28088
28089 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28090 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28091 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28092 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28093 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28094
28095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28096
28097 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28098
28099 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28100 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28101
28102 \(fn)" t nil)
28103
28104 ;;;***
28105 \f
28106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21291
28107 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
28108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28109
28110 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28111 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28112
28113 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28114 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28115 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28116 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28117 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28118
28119 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28120 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28121 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28122 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28123 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28124
28125 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28126 (tpu-edt)
28127
28128 Known Problems:
28129
28130 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28131 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28132 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28133 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28134 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28135 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28136
28137 \(fn)" t nil)
28138
28139 ;;;***
28140 \f
28141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21291 9464 291241
28142 ;;;;;; 0))
28143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28144
28145 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28146 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28147 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28148 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28149 to a tcp server on another machine.
28150
28151 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28152
28153 ;;;***
28154 \f
28155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21291 9464 291241
28156 ;;;;;; 0))
28157 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28158
28159 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28160 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28161
28162 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28163
28164 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28165 Helper function to get internal values.
28166 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28167
28168 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28169
28170 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28171 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28172 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28173 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28174
28175 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28176 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28177 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28178 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28179 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28180
28181 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28182 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28183 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28184 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28185
28186 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28187
28188 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28189
28190 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28191 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28192 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28193 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28194
28195 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28196
28197 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28198
28199 ;;;***
28200 \f
28201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21330 23349 756053
28202 ;;;;;; 0))
28203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28204
28205 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28206 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28207 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28208
28209 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28210
28211 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28212 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28213
28214 It can have the following values:
28215
28216 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28217 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28218
28219 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28220
28221 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28222 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28223 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28224 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28225
28226 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28227
28228 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28229 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28230 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28231 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28232
28233 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28234 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28235 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28236 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28237 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28238 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28239 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28240 files which are not really Tramp files.
28241
28242 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28243 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28244 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28245 updated after changing this variable.
28246
28247 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28248
28249 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28250 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28251 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28252 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28253
28254 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28255
28256 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28257 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28258 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28259 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28260
28261 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28262 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28263 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28264
28265 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28266 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28267 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28268 updated after changing this variable.
28269
28270 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28271
28272 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28273 Alist of completion handler functions.
28274 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28275 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28276 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28277
28278 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28279 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28280 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28281 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28282
28283 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28284 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28285 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28286
28287 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28288 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28289
28290 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28291 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28292
28293 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28294
28295 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28296
28297
28298 \(fn)" nil nil)
28299
28300 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28301 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28302
28303 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28304
28305 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28306 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28307
28308 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28309
28310 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28311 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28312
28313 \(fn)" t nil)
28314
28315 ;;;***
28316 \f
28317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21291 9464
28318 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
28319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28320
28321 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28322
28323
28324 \(fn)" nil nil)
28325
28326 ;;;***
28327 \f
28328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21291 9464 291241
28329 ;;;;;; 0))
28330 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28331
28332 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28333 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28334 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28335 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28336 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28337 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28338 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28339 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28340
28341 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28342 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28343 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28344
28345 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28346 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28347 resumed later.
28348
28349 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28350
28351 ;;;***
28352 \f
28353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10320
28354 ;;;;;; 526171 0))
28355 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28356
28357 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28358
28359
28360 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28361
28362 ;;;***
28363 \f
28364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21291
28365 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
28366 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28367 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28368 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28369 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28370
28371 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28372 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28373 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28374 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28375 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28376 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28377 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28378
28379 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28380
28381 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28382 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28383 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28384 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28385
28386 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28387
28388 \(fn)" t nil)
28389
28390 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28391 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28392 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28393 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28394 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28395 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28396 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28397
28398 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28399 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28400
28401 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28402 \\___/\\
28403 / \\
28404 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28405
28406 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28407
28408 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28409
28410 ;;;***
28411 \f
28412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21291 9464 291241
28413 ;;;;;; 0))
28414 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28415
28416 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28417 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28418 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28420 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28421 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28422
28423 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28424
28425 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28426 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28427 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28428
28429 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28430 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28431 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28432 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28433 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28434 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28435 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28436
28437 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28438 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28439
28440 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28441 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28442 reset the keystroke counter.
28443
28444 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28445 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28446 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28447 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28448
28449 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28450 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28451 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28452 `type-break-schedule' command.
28453
28454 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28455 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28456 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28457 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28458 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28459 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28460 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28461 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28462 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28463
28464 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28465 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28466 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28467 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28468 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28469
28470 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28471 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28472 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28473 approximate good values for this.
28474
28475 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28476 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28477
28478 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28479 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28480 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28481 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28482 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28483 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28484
28485 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28486 a typing break occur. They include:
28487
28488 `type-break-query-mode'
28489 `type-break-query-function'
28490 `type-break-query-interval'
28491
28492 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28493
28494 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28495 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28496 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28497 problems.
28498
28499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28500
28501 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28502 Take a typing break.
28503
28504 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28505 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28506
28507 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28508 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28509
28510 \(fn)" t nil)
28511
28512 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28513 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28514 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28515 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28516
28517 \(fn)" t nil)
28518
28519 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28520 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28521
28522 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28523 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28524 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28525 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28526 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28527 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28528 average typing speed.)
28529
28530 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28531 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28532 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28533 the computed maximum threshold.
28534
28535 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28536 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28537 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28538 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28539 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28540
28541 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28542
28543 ;;;***
28544 \f
28545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
28546 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28547
28548 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28549 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28550 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28551 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28552 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28553
28554 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28555
28556 ;;;***
28557 \f
28558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28559 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
28560 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28561
28562 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28563 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28564
28565 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28566
28567 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28568 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28569
28570 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28571
28572 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28573 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28574
28575 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28576
28577 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28578 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28579
28580 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28581
28582 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28583 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28584
28585 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28586
28587 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28588 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28589
28590 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28591
28592 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28593 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28594
28595 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28596
28597 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28598 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28599
28600 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28601
28602 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28603 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28604
28605 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28606
28607 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28608 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28609
28610 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28611
28612 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28613 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28614
28615 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28616
28617 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28618 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28619
28620 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28621
28622 ;;;***
28623 \f
28624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21291
28625 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
28626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28627
28628 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28629 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28630 Works by overstriking underscores.
28631 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28632 which specify the range to operate on.
28633
28634 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28635
28636 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28637 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28638 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28639 which specify the range to operate on.
28640
28641 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28642
28643 ;;;***
28644 \f
28645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21291 9464 291241
28646 ;;;;;; 0))
28647 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28648
28649 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28650 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28651 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28652 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28653 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28654 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28655
28656 \(fn)" nil nil)
28657
28658 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28659 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28660 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28661
28662 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28663
28664 ;;;***
28665 \f
28666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21291 9464
28667 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
28668 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28669
28670 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28671 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28672 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28673 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28674
28675 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28676
28677 ;;;***
28678 \f
28679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28681
28682 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28683 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28684 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28685 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28686 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28687
28688 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28689 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28690 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28691 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28692 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28693 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28694
28695 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28696 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28697 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28698
28699 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28700 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28701 the callback is not called).
28702
28703 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28704 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28705 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28706 take effect.
28707
28708 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28709 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28710 the server.
28711 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28712 URL-encoded before it's used.
28713
28714 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28715
28716 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28717 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28718 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28719 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28720 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28721
28722 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28723
28724 ;;;***
28725 \f
28726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21291 9464 291241
28727 ;;;;;; 0))
28728 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28729
28730 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28731 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28732 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28733
28734 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28735 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28736 `url-generic-parse-url'
28737 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28738 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28739 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28740 realm
28741 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28742 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28743 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28744 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28745 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28746 what type of auth to use
28747 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28748 if one cannot be found in the cache
28749
28750 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28751
28752 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28753 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28754
28755 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28756 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28757 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28758 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28759 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28760 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28761 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28762 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28763
28764 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28765
28766 ;;;***
28767 \f
28768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21291 9464
28769 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
28770 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28771
28772 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28773 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28774
28775 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28776
28777 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28778 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28779 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28780
28781 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28782
28783 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28784 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28785
28786 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28787
28788 ;;;***
28789 \f
28790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21291 9464 291241
28791 ;;;;;; 0))
28792 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28793
28794 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28795
28796
28797 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28798
28799 ;;;***
28800 \f
28801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21291 9464 291241
28802 ;;;;;; 0))
28803 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28804
28805 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28806 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28807 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28808
28809 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28810
28811 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28812 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28813 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28814 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28815
28816 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28817 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28818 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28819 though.
28820
28821 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28822
28823 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28824 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28825 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28826
28827 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28828
28829 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28830
28831
28832 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28833
28834 ;;;***
28835 \f
28836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21291 9464 291241
28837 ;;;;;; 0))
28838 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28839
28840 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28841 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28842
28843 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28844
28845 ;;;***
28846 \f
28847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21291 9464 291241
28848 ;;;;;; 0))
28849 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28850
28851 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28852 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28853
28854 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28855
28856 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28857 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28858 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28859 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28860 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28861
28862 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28863
28864 ;;;***
28865 \f
28866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21300
28867 ;;;;;; 2232 181097 0))
28868 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28869
28870 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28871 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28872 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28874 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28875 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28876
28877 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28878
28879 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28880 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28881 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28882 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28883 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28884
28885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28886
28887 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28888 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28889 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28890 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28891
28892 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28893
28894 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28895 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28896 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28897 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28898 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28899 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28900 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28901 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28902 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28903 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28904
28905 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28906
28907 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28908 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28909 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28910 accessible.
28911
28912 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28913
28914 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28915
28916
28917 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28918
28919 ;;;***
28920 \f
28921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21291 9464 291241
28922 ;;;;;; 0))
28923 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28924 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28925
28926 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28927 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28928 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28929 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28930 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28931
28932 ;;;***
28933 \f
28934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21291 9464 291241
28935 ;;;;;; 0))
28936 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28937
28938 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28939
28940
28941 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28942
28943 ;;;***
28944 \f
28945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21291 9464 291241
28946 ;;;;;; 0))
28947 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28948
28949 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28950 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28951 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28952 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28953 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28954
28955 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28956
28957 ;;;***
28958 \f
28959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21291 9464
28960 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
28961 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28962
28963 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28964
28965
28966 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28967
28968 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28969 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28970
28971 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28972
28973 ;;;***
28974 \f
28975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21291 9464 291241
28976 ;;;;;; 0))
28977 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28978
28979 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28980 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28981
28982 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28983
28984 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28985 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28986
28987 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28988
28989 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28990
28991
28992 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28993
28994 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28995
28996 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28997
28998 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28999
29000 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29001 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29002
29003 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29004
29005 ;;;***
29006 \f
29007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21291 9464 291241
29008 ;;;;;; 0))
29009 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29010
29011 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29012
29013
29014 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29015
29016 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29017
29018
29019 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29020
29021 ;;;***
29022 \f
29023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21291 9464 291241
29024 ;;;;;; 0))
29025 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29026
29027 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29028
29029
29030 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29031
29032 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29033
29034
29035 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29036
29037 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29038
29039
29040 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29041
29042 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29043
29044
29045 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29046
29047 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29048
29049
29050 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29051
29052 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29053
29054
29055 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29056
29057 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29058
29059
29060 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29061
29062 ;;;***
29063 \f
29064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21291 9464
29065 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
29066 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29067
29068 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29069 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29070
29071 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29072
29073 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29074 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29075 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29076
29077 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29078 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29079 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29080 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29081 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29082 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29083 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29084 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29085 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29086 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29087 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29088 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29089 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29090 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29091
29092 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29093 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29094 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29095
29096 Here is an example. The URL
29097
29098 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29099
29100 parses to
29101
29102 TYPE = \"foo\"
29103 USER = \"bob\"
29104 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29105 HOST = \"example.com\"
29106 PORTSPEC = 42
29107 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29108 TARGET = \"nose\"
29109 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29110 FULLNESS = t
29111
29112 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29113
29114 ;;;***
29115 \f
29116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21291 9464
29117 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
29118 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29119
29120 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29121 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29122
29123 \(fn)" t nil)
29124
29125 ;;;***
29126 \f
29127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21291 9464
29128 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
29129 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29130
29131 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29132 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29133 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29134 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29135 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29136 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29137
29138 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29139
29140 ;;;***
29141 \f
29142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21291 9464 291241
29143 ;;;;;; 0))
29144 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29145
29146 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29147 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29148 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29149
29150 If t, all messages will be logged.
29151 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29152 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29153
29154 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29155
29156 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29157
29158
29159 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29160
29161 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29162
29163
29164 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29165
29166 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29167 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29168 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29169 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29170 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29171 & ==> &amp;
29172 < ==> &lt;
29173 > ==> &gt;
29174 \" ==> &quot;
29175
29176 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29177
29178 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29179 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29180 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29181
29182 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29183
29184 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29185 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29186 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29187
29188 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29189
29190 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29191 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29192
29193 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29194
29195 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29196 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29197
29198 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29199
29200 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29201 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29202
29203 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29204
29205 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29206
29207
29208 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29209
29210 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29211
29212
29213 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29214
29215 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29216
29217 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29218 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29219
29220 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29221
29222 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29223 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29224
29225 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29226
29227 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29228
29229
29230 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29231
29232 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29233 Build a query-string.
29234
29235 Given a QUERY in the form:
29236 '((key1 val1)
29237 (key2 val2)
29238 (key3 val1 val2)
29239 (key4)
29240 (key5 \"\"))
29241
29242 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29243
29244 This will return a string
29245 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29246 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29247 be used.
29248
29249 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29250
29251 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29252 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29253
29254 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29255
29256 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29257 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29258 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29259 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29260 forbidden in URL encoding.
29261
29262 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29263
29264 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29265 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29266 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29267 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29268 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29269 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29270
29271 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29272 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29273 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29274 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29275
29276 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29277
29278 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29279 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29280 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29281 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29282 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29283 should return it unchanged.
29284
29285 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29286
29287 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29288 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29289 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29290 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29291
29292 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29293
29294 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29295 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29296 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29297
29298 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29299
29300 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29301 View the current document's URL.
29302 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29303 the minibuffer.
29304
29305 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29306
29307 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29308
29309 ;;;***
29310 \f
29311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21291 9464 291241
29312 ;;;;;; 0))
29313 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29314
29315 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29316 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29317 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29318 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29319 to refrain from editing the file
29320 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29321 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29322 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29323 in any way you like.
29324
29325 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29326
29327 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29328 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29329 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29330 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29331 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29332
29333 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29334 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29335
29336 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29337
29338 ;;;***
29339 \f
29340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21291 9464
29341 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
29342 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29343
29344 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29345
29346
29347 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29348
29349 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29350
29351
29352 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29353
29354 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29355
29356
29357 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29358
29359 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29360
29361
29362 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29363
29364 ;;;***
29365 \f
29366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
29367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29368
29369 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29370 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29371
29372 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29373
29374 ;;;***
29375 \f
29376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21291 9464 291241
29377 ;;;;;; 0))
29378 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29379
29380 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29381 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29382 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29383 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29384
29385 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29386
29387 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29388 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29389 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29390
29391 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29392
29393 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29394 Uudecode region between START and END.
29395 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29396
29397 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29398
29399 ;;;***
29400 \f
29401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
29402 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29403
29404 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29405 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29406 See `run-hooks'.")
29407
29408 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29409
29410 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29411 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29412 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29413
29414 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29415
29416 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29417 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29418 See `run-hooks'.")
29419
29420 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29421
29422 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29423 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29424 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29425 same state. If not, signal an error.
29426
29427 For merging-based version control systems:
29428 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29429 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29430 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29431 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29432 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29433 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29434
29435 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29436 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29437 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29438 the file(s) for editing.
29439 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29440 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29441 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29442 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29443 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29444 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29445
29446 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29447
29448 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29449 Register into a version control system.
29450 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29451 Otherwise register the current file.
29452 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29453 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29454
29455 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29456 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29457 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29458 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29459 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29460 first backend that could register the file is used.
29461
29462 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29463
29464 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29465 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29466
29467 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29468
29469 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29470 Display diffs between file revisions.
29471 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29472 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29473 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29474
29475 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29476 saving the buffer.
29477
29478 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29479
29480 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29481 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29482 repository history using ediff.
29483
29484 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29485
29486 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29487 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29488 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29489 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29490 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29491
29492 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29493 saving the buffer.
29494
29495 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29496
29497 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29498 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29499 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29500 fileset with the working revision.
29501 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29502 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29503
29504 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29505 saving the buffer.
29506
29507 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29508
29509 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29510 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29511 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29512 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29513
29514 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29515
29516 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29517 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29518 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29519 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29520
29521 \(fn)" t nil)
29522
29523 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29524 Perform a version control merge operation.
29525 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29526 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29527 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29528 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29529
29530 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29531 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29532 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29533 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29534 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29535 changes from the current branch.
29536
29537 \(fn)" t nil)
29538
29539 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29540
29541 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29542 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29543 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29544 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29545 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29546 checked out in that new branch.
29547
29548 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29549
29550 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29551 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29552 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29553 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29554 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29555 allowed and simply skipped).
29556
29557 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29558
29559 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29560 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29561 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29562 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29563 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29564
29565 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29566 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29567
29568 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29569
29570 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29571 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29572 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29573 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29574 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29575
29576 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29577
29578 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29579 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29580 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29581
29582 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29583
29584 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29585 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29586 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29587
29588 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29589
29590 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29591 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29592 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29593 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29594
29595 \(fn)" t nil)
29596
29597 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29598 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29599 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29600 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29601
29602 \(fn)" t nil)
29603
29604 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29605
29606 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29607 Update the current fileset or branch.
29608 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29609 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29610 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29611 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29612
29613 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29614 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29615 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29616 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29617 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29618
29619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29620
29621 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29622
29623 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29624 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29625 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29626 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29627 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29628 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29629 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29630
29631 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29632
29633 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29634 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29635 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29636 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29637 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29638 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29639 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29640 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29641 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29642
29643 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29644
29645 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29646 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29647 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29648 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29649
29650 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29651
29652 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29653 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29654 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29655 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29656
29657 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29658
29659 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29660 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29661 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29662 directory.
29663
29664 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29665
29666 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29667 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29668 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29669
29670 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29671 log entries should be gathered.
29672
29673 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29674
29675 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29676 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29677
29678 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29679
29680 ;;;***
29681 \f
29682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21291 9464
29683 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
29684 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29685
29686 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29687 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29688
29689 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29690 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29691 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29692 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29693 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29694 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29695
29696 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29697 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29698 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29699 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29700 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29701 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29702 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29703 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29704
29705 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29706
29707 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29708
29709 Customization variables:
29710
29711 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29712 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29713 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29714 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29715
29716 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29717
29718 ;;;***
29719 \f
29720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21291 9464 291241
29721 ;;;;;; 0))
29722 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29723 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29724 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29725 (progn
29726 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29727 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29728
29729 ;;;***
29730 \f
29731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21291 9464 291241
29732 ;;;;;; 0))
29733 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29734
29735 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29736 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29737
29738 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29739 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29740 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29741 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29742 (progn
29743 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29744 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29745
29746 ;;;***
29747 \f
29748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21291 9464 291241
29749 ;;;;;; 0))
29750 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29751 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29752 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29753 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29754 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29755 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29756 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29757
29758 ;;;***
29759 \f
29760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21291 9464 291241
29761 ;;;;;; 0))
29762 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29763
29764 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29765 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29766 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29767 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29768 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29769
29770 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29771 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29772 The file lines appear later.
29773
29774 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29775 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29776
29777 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29778
29779 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29780
29781 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29782
29783 ;;;***
29784 \f
29785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21291
29786 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
29787 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29788
29789 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29790 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29791 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29792 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29793 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29794 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29795 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29796 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29797 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29798 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29799 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29800 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29801 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29802 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29803 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29804
29805 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29806
29807 ;;;***
29808 \f
29809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21291 9464 291241
29810 ;;;;;; 0))
29811 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29812 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29813 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29814 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29815 (progn
29816 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29817 (vc-git-registered file))))
29818
29819 ;;;***
29820 \f
29821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
29822 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29823 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29824 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29825 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29826 (progn
29827 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29828 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29829
29830 ;;;***
29831 \f
29832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21291 9464 291241
29833 ;;;;;; 0))
29834 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29835
29836 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29837 Name of the monotone directory.")
29838
29839 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29840 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29841 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29842 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29843 (progn
29844 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29845 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29846
29847 ;;;***
29848 \f
29849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21291 9464 291241
29850 ;;;;;; 0))
29851 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29852
29853 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29854 Where to look for RCS master files.
29855 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29856
29857 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29858
29859 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29860
29861 ;;;***
29862 \f
29863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21291 9464 291241
29864 ;;;;;; 0))
29865 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29866
29867 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29868 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29869 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29870
29871 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29872
29873 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29874
29875 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29876 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29877 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29878 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29879
29880 ;;;***
29881 \f
29882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21291 9464 291241
29883 ;;;;;; 0))
29884 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29885 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29886 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29887 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29888 "_svn")
29889 (t ".svn"))))
29890 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29891 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29892 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29893
29894 ;;;***
29895 \f
29896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21291
29897 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
29898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29899 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29900 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29901
29902 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29903 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29904
29905 Usage:
29906 ------
29907
29908 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29909 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29910 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29911 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29912
29913 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29914 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29915 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29916 completions.
29917
29918 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29919 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29920
29921 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29922 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29923
29924 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29925 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29926 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29927
29928 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29929
29930
29931 Maintenance:
29932 ------------
29933
29934 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29935 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29936
29937 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29938
29939 Official distribution is at
29940 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29941
29942
29943 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29944 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29945
29946 Key bindings:
29947 -------------
29948
29949 \\{vera-mode-map}
29950
29951 \(fn)" t nil)
29952
29953 ;;;***
29954 \f
29955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29956 ;;;;;; (21291 9464 291241 0))
29957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29958
29959 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29960 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29961 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29962 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29963 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29964
29965 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29966
29967 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29968 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29969
29970 Supports highlighting.
29971
29972 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29973 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29974
29975 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29976
29977 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29978 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29979 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29980 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29981 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29982 on the left side of your screen.
29983 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29984 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29985 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29986 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29987 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29988 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29989 function keyword.
29990 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29991 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29992 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29993 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29994 if (a)
29995 begin
29996 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29997 Indentation for case statements.
29998 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29999 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30000 mark after an end.
30001 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30002 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30003 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30004 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30005 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30006 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30007 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30008 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30009 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30010 if (a)
30011 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30012 otherwise you get:
30013 if (a)
30014 begin
30015 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30016 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30017 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30018 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30019 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30020 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30021 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30022 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30023 comments in tight quarters.
30024 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30025 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30026
30027 Variables controlling other actions:
30028
30029 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30030 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30031 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30032
30033 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30034
30035 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30036
30037 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30038 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30039 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30040
30041 Some other functions are:
30042
30043 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30044 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30045 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30046 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30047 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30048
30049 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30050 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30051 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30052 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30053
30054 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30055 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30056 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30057 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30058 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30059 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30060 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30061 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30062 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30063 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30064 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30065 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30066 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30067 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30068 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30069 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30070 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30071 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30072 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30073 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30074 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30075 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30076 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30077 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30078 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30079 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30080 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30081 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30082 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30083 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30084 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30085
30086 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30087 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30088
30089 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30090
30091 \(fn)" t nil)
30092
30093 ;;;***
30094 \f
30095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21291
30096 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
30097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30098
30099 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30100 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30101
30102 Usage:
30103 ------
30104
30105 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30106 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30107 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30108 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30109 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30110 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30111 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30112 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30113 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30114
30115 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30116 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30117 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30118 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30119
30120 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30121 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30122 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30123 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30124 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30125
30126 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30127 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30128
30129
30130 HEADER INSERTION:
30131 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30132 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30133 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30134
30135
30136 STUTTERING:
30137 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30138 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30139 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30140 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30141
30142 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30143 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30144 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30145 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30146 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30147
30148
30149 WORD COMPLETION:
30150 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30151 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30152 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30153 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30154
30155 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30156 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30157 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30158 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30159 beginning with \"std\").
30160
30161 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30162 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30163 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30164 stop.
30165
30166
30167 COMMENTS:
30168 `--' puts a single comment.
30169 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30170 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30171 with a comment in between.
30172 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30173 out following lines.
30174 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30175 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30176 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30177 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30178
30179 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30180 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30181 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30182 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30183 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30184 non-nil.
30185
30186 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30187 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30188 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30189 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30190 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30191 multi-line comments.
30192
30193
30194 INDENTATION:
30195 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30196 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30197 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30198 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30199 the entire region.
30200
30201 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30202 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30203 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30204 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30205
30206 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30207 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30208 and vice versa.
30209
30210 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30211 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30212
30213 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30214 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30215 line.
30216
30217
30218 ALIGNMENT:
30219 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30220 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30221 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30222 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30223 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30224 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30225 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30226 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30227
30228 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30229 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30230 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30231 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30232 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30233 is non-nil.
30234
30235 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30236 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30237 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30238
30239 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30240 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30241
30242
30243 CODE FILLING:
30244 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30245 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30246 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30247 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30248 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30249 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30250
30251
30252 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30253 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30254 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30255 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30256 command:
30257
30258 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30259
30260
30261 PORT TRANSLATION:
30262 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30263 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30264 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30265 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30266 internal signal initializations (menu).
30267
30268 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30269 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30270 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30271
30272 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30273 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30274 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30275 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30276 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30277 in subsequent paste operations.)
30278
30279 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30280 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30281 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30282
30283
30284 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30285 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30286 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30287 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30288 association list with formals).
30289
30290
30291 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30292 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30293 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30294 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30295 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30296 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30297 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30298 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30299 `vhdl-testbench'.
30300
30301
30302 KEY BINDINGS:
30303 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30304
30305
30306 VHDL MENU:
30307 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30308
30309
30310 FILE BROWSER:
30311 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30312 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30313 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30314
30315 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30316 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30317
30318
30319 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30320 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30321 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30322 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30323
30324 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30325 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30326 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30327
30328 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30329 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30330 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30331 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30332
30333 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30334 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30335 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30336 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30337 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30338
30339 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30340 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30341 required by secondary units.
30342
30343
30344 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30345 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30346 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30347 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30348 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30349 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30350 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30351 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30352 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30353 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30354 inputs to this component -> input port created
30355 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30356 outputs from this component -> output port created
30357 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30358 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30359
30360 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30361 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30362 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30363 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30364 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30365
30366 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30367 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30368
30369 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30370 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30371 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30372 component instantiation is also supported (option
30373 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30374
30375 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30376 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30377 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30378 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30379 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30380 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30381 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30382 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30383 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30384 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30385 generating the configuration.
30386
30387 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30388 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30389 configurations in speedbar.
30390
30391 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30392
30393
30394 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30395 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30396 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30397 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30398 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30399 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30400 information. New compilers can be added.
30401
30402 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30403 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30404
30405
30406 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30407 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30408 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30409 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30410 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30411
30412 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30413 command:
30414
30415 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30416 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30417 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30418
30419 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30420 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30421 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30422 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30423 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30424 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30425 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30426 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30427 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30428
30429 Limitations:
30430 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30431 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30432 not (yet) supported.
30433 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30434 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30435 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30436
30437
30438 PROJECTS:
30439 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30440 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30441 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30442 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30443 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30444 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30445 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30446 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30447
30448 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30449 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30450 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30451 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30452 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30453 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30454 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30455 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30456 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30457 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30458 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30459
30460
30461 SPECIAL MENUES:
30462 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30463 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30464 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30465 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30466 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30467 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30468 current directory for VHDL source files.
30469
30470
30471 VHDL STANDARDS:
30472 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30473 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30474
30475
30476 KEYWORD CASE:
30477 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30478 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30479 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30480 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30481 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30482 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30483 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30484 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30485
30486
30487 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30488 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30489 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30490 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30491 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30492 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30493 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30494
30495 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30496 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30497 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30498 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30499 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30500 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30501
30502 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30503 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30504 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30505 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30506 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30507 visually.
30508
30509 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30510 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30511 highlighted if written in lower case.
30512
30513 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30514 highlighted using a different background color if option
30515 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30516
30517 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30518 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30519 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30520 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30521 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30522
30523
30524 USER MODELS:
30525 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30526 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30527 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30528
30529
30530 HIDE/SHOW:
30531 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30532 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30533 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30534 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30535 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30536
30537
30538 CODE UPDATING:
30539 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30540 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30541 Limitations:
30542 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30543 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30544 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30545 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30546 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30547 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30548 (used to obtain the port names).
30549 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30550 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30551 sensitivity lists.
30552
30553
30554 CODE FIXING:
30555 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30556 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30557
30558
30559 PRINTING:
30560 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30561 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30562 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30563 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30564 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30565 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30566 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30567 printers.
30568
30569
30570 OPTIONS:
30571 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30572 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30573 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30574 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30575 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30576
30577 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30578 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30579 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30580 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30581 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30582 INSTALL file).
30583
30584 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30585 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30586
30587
30588 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30589 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30590 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30591 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30592
30593 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30594
30595
30596 HINTS:
30597 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30598 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30599
30600 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30601
30602 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30603
30604 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30605
30606
30607 RELEASE NOTES:
30608 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30609
30610
30611 Maintenance:
30612 ------------
30613
30614 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30615 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30616
30617 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30618
30619 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30620 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30621 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30622 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30623
30624 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30625 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30626 where the latest version can be found.
30627
30628
30629 Known problems:
30630 ---------------
30631
30632 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30633 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30634 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30635 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30636
30637
30638 The VHDL Mode Authors
30639 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30640
30641 Key bindings:
30642 -------------
30643
30644 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30645
30646 \(fn)" t nil)
30647
30648 ;;;***
30649 \f
30650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
30651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30652
30653 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30654 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30655 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30656 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30657
30658 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30659 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30660 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30661 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30662 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30663
30664 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30665 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30666
30667 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30668
30669 * Limitations and unsupported features
30670 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30671 not supported.
30672 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30673 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30674
30675 * Modifications
30676 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30677 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30678 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30679 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30680 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30681 for undoing a repeated change command.
30682 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30683 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30684 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30685
30686 * Extensions
30687 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30688 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30689 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30690 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30691 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30692 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30693 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30694 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30695
30696 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30697
30698 \(fn)" t nil)
30699
30700 ;;;***
30701 \f
30702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21291
30703 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
30704 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30705
30706 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30707 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30708
30709 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30710
30711 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30712 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30713 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30714 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30715
30716 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30717
30718 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30719 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30720
30721 \(fn)" t nil)
30722
30723 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30724 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30725 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30726 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30727
30728 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30729
30730 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30731 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30732
30733 \(fn)" t nil)
30734
30735 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30736
30737
30738 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30739
30740 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30741
30742
30743 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30744
30745 ;;;***
30746 \f
30747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
30748 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30749
30750 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30751 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30752 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30753
30754 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30755
30756 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30757 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30758 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30759 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30760
30761 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30762
30763 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30764 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30765
30766 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30767
30768 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30769 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30770 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30771 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30772 moving around in the buffer.
30773 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30774 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30775
30776 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30777
30778 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30779
30780 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30781 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30782 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30783 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30784
30785 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30786 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30787 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30788 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30789 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30790
30791 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30792
30793 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30794
30795 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30796 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30797 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30798 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30799 buffer.
30800
30801 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30802 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30803 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30804 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30805 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30806
30807 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30808
30809 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30810
30811 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30812 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30813 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30814 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30815 moving around in the buffer.
30816 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30817 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30818
30819 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30820
30821 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30822 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30823 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30824
30825 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30826 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30827 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30828 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30829
30830 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30831 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30832 own View-like bindings.
30833
30834 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30835
30836 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30837 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30838 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30839 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30840 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30841 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30842 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30843
30844 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30845
30846 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30847
30848 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30849 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30850 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30851
30852 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30853 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30854 own View-like bindings.
30855
30856 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30857
30858 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30859 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30860 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30861 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30862 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30863 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30864 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30865
30866 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30867
30868 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30869
30870 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30871 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30872 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30873
30874 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30875 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30876 own View-like bindings.
30877
30878 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30879
30880 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30881 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30882 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30883 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30884 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30885
30886 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30887 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30888 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30889 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30890
30891 \\<view-mode-map>
30892
30893 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30894 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30895 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30896 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30897 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30898 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30899 to a repeat count of one.
30900
30901 H, h, ? This message.
30902 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30903 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30904 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30905 > move to the end of buffer.
30906 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30907 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30908 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30909 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30910 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30911 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30912 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30913 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30914 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30915 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30916 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30917 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30918 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30919 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30920 Use this to view a changing file.
30921 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30922 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30923 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30924 . set the mark.
30925 x exchanges point and mark.
30926 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30927 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30928 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30929 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30930 ' go to position saved in character register.
30931 s do forward incremental search.
30932 r do reverse incremental search.
30933 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30934 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30935 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30936 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30937 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30938 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30939 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30940 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30941 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30942 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30943 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30944 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30945 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30946 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30947 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30948 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30949 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30950
30951 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30952 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30953 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30954 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30955 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30956 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30957 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30958 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30959 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30960
30961 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30962
30963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30964
30965 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30966 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30967 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30968 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30969 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30970 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30971 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30972 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30973 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30974
30975 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30976
30977 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30978
30979 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30980 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30981 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30982 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30983 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30984 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30985
30986 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30987 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30988 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30989
30990 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30991
30992 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30993
30994 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30995
30996 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30997 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30998
30999 \(fn)" t nil)
31000
31001 ;;;***
31002 \f
31003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21291 9464 291241
31004 ;;;;;; 0))
31005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31006
31007 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31008 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31009
31010 \(fn)" nil nil)
31011
31012 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31013 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31014
31015 \(fn)" t nil)
31016
31017 ;;;***
31018 \f
31019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21291 9464 291241
31020 ;;;;;; 0))
31021 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31022 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31023
31024 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31025 Toggle Viper on/off.
31026 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31027
31028 \(fn)" t nil)
31029
31030 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31031 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31032
31033 \(fn)" t nil)
31034
31035 ;;;***
31036 \f
31037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21291
31038 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
31039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31040
31041 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31042 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31043 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31044 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31045 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31046 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31047 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31048 the beginning of the warning.")
31049
31050 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31051 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31052 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31053 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31054 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31055 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31056 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31057 also call that function before the next warning.")
31058
31059 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31060 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31061
31062 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31063 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31064 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31065 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31066
31067 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31068 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31069 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31070 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31071 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31072 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31073
31074 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31075 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31076 Default is :warning.
31077
31078 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31079 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31080 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31081 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31082 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31083 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31084
31085 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31086 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31087 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31088
31089 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31090
31091 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31092 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31093
31094 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31095
31096 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31097 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31098 \\<special-mode-map>
31099 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31100 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31101
31102 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31103 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31104 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31105 can be whatever you like.)
31106
31107 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31108 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31109
31110 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31111 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31112 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31113 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31114 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31115
31116 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31117
31118 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31119 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31120 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31121 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31122 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31123
31124 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31125
31126 ;;;***
31127 \f
31128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
31129 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31130 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31131
31132 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31133 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31134 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31135 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31136 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31137 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31138 directories to reflect your edits.
31139
31140 See `wdired-mode'.
31141
31142 \(fn)" t nil)
31143
31144 ;;;***
31145 \f
31146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21291 9464 291241
31147 ;;;;;; 0))
31148 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31149
31150 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31151 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31152
31153 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31154 hotlist.
31155
31156 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31157 <nwv@acm.org>.
31158
31159 \(fn)" t nil)
31160
31161 ;;;***
31162 \f
31163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21291
31164 ;;;;;; 9464 291241 0))
31165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31166 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31167 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31168
31169 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31170
31171 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31172 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31173 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31175 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31176 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31177
31178 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31179
31180 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31181 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31182 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31183 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31184 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31185
31186 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31187 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31188 in certain major modes.
31189
31190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31191
31192 ;;;***
31193 \f
31194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21291 9464 291241
31195 ;;;;;; 0))
31196 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31197 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31198
31199 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31200 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31202 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31203 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31204
31205 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31206 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31207
31208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31209
31210 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31211 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31212 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31213 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31214 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31215
31216 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31217 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31218 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31219 use `whitespace-mode'.
31220
31221 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31222
31223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31224
31225 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31226 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31227 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31230 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31231
31232 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31233
31234 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31235 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31236 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31237 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31238 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31239
31240 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31241 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31242
31243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31244
31245 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31246 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31247 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31250 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31251
31252 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31253
31254 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31255 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31257 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31258 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31259
31260 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31261 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31262 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31263 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31264
31265 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31266
31267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31268
31269 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31270 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31271
31272 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31273 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31274
31275 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31276 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31277
31278 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31279
31280 CHAR MEANING
31281 (VIA FACES)
31282 f toggle face visualization
31283 t toggle TAB visualization
31284 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31285 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31286 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31287 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31288 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31289 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31290 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31291 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31292 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31293 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31294 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31295 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31296 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31297 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31298 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31299
31300 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31301 T toggle TAB visualization
31302 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31303 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31304
31305 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31306 ? display brief help
31307
31308 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31309 The valid symbols are:
31310
31311 face toggle face visualization
31312 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31313 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31314 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31315 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31316 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31317 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31318 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31319 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31320 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31321 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31322 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31323 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31324 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31325 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31326 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31327 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31328
31329 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31330 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31331 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31332
31333 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31334
31335 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31336
31337 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31338
31339 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31340 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31341
31342 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31343 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31344
31345 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31346 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31347
31348 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31349
31350 CHAR MEANING
31351 (VIA FACES)
31352 f toggle face visualization
31353 t toggle TAB visualization
31354 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31355 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31356 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31357 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31358 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31359 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31360 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31361 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31362 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31363 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31364 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31365 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31366 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31367 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31368 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31369
31370 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31371 T toggle TAB visualization
31372 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31373 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31374
31375 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31376 ? display brief help
31377
31378 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31379 The valid symbols are:
31380
31381 face toggle face visualization
31382 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31383 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31384 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31385 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31386 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31387 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31388 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31389 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31390 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31391 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31392 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31393 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31394 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31395 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31396 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31397 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31398
31399 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31400 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31401 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31402
31403 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31404
31405 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31406
31407 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31408
31409 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31410 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31411
31412 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31413 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31414 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31415 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31416 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31417
31418 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31419
31420 The problems cleaned up are:
31421
31422 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31423 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31424 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31425 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31426
31427 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31428 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31429 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31430 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31431 SPACEs.
31432 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31433 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31434 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31435 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31436
31437 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31438 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31439 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31440 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31441 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31442 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31443 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31444 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31445
31446 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31447 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31448 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31449
31450 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31451 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31452 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31453 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31454 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31455 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31456 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31457 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31458
31459 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31460 documentation.
31461
31462 \(fn)" t nil)
31463
31464 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31465 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31466
31467 The problems cleaned up are:
31468
31469 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31470 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31471 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31472 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31473 SPACEs.
31474 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31475 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31476 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31477 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31478
31479 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31480 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31481 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31482 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31483 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31484 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31485 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31486 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31487
31488 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31489 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31490 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31491
31492 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31493 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31494 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31495 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31496 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31497 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31498 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31499 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31500
31501 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31502 documentation.
31503
31504 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31505
31506 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31507 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31508
31509 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31510 non-nil.
31511
31512 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31513 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31514 `whitespace-style' to have:
31515
31516 empty
31517 trailing
31518 indentation
31519 space-before-tab
31520 space-after-tab
31521
31522 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31523 whitespace problems in buffer.
31524
31525 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31526
31527 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31528 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31529 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31530 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31531 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31532 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31533 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31534
31535 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31536 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31537 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31538 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31539 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31540 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31541 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31542
31543 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31544 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31545 cleaning up these problems.
31546
31547 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31548
31549 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31550 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31551
31552 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31553 non-nil.
31554
31555 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31556 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31557 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31558
31559 empty
31560 indentation
31561 space-before-tab
31562 trailing
31563 space-after-tab
31564
31565 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31566 whitespace problems in buffer.
31567
31568 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31569
31570 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31571 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31572 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31573 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31574 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31575 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31576 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31577
31578 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31579 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31580 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31581 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31582 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31583 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31584 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31585
31586 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31587 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31588 cleaning up these problems.
31589
31590 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31591
31592 ;;;***
31593 \f
31594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21291 9464 291241
31595 ;;;;;; 0))
31596 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31597
31598 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31599 Browse the widget under point.
31600
31601 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31602
31603 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31604 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31605
31606 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31607
31608 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31609 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31610
31611 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31612
31613 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31614 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31615 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31616 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31617 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31618
31619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31620
31621 ;;;***
31622 \f
31623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21291 9464 291241
31624 ;;;;;; 0))
31625 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31626
31627 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31628 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31629
31630 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31631
31632 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31633 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31634 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31635
31636 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31637
31638 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31639 Create widget of TYPE.
31640 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31641
31642 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31643
31644 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31645 Delete WIDGET.
31646
31647 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31648
31649 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31650 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31651
31652 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31653
31654 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31655 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31656 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31657 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31658
31659 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31660 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31661
31662 \(fn)" nil nil)
31663
31664 ;;;***
31665 \f
31666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21291 9464 291241
31667 ;;;;;; 0))
31668 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31669
31670 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31671 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31672 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31673 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31674 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31675 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31676 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31677
31678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31679
31680 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31681 Select the window above the current one.
31682 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31683 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31684 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31685 negative ARG) of the current window.
31686 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31687
31688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31689
31690 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31691 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31692 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31693 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31694 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31695 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31696 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31697
31698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31699
31700 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31701 Select the window below the current one.
31702 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31703 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31704 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31705 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31706 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31707
31708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31709
31710 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31711 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31712 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31713 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31714
31715 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31716
31717 ;;;***
31718 \f
31719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
31720 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31721
31722 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31723 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31724 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31727 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31728
31729 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31730
31731 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31732 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31734 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31735 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31736 \\{winner-mode-map}
31737
31738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31739
31740 ;;;***
31741 \f
31742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
31743 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31744 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31745
31746 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31747 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31748 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31749 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31750 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31751
31752 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31753
31754 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31755 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31756 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31757 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31758 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31759 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31760 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31761 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31762
31763 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31764 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31765
31766 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31767
31768 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31769 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31770
31771 \(fn)" t nil)
31772
31773 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31774 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31775 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31776 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31777 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31778 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31779 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31780 `woman' command for further details.
31781
31782 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31783
31784 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31785 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31786
31787 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31788
31789 ;;;***
31790 \f
31791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21291 9464
31792 ;;;;;; 291241 0))
31793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31794 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31795
31796 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31797 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31798
31799 BUGS:
31800 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31801 are not implemented
31802 - Options for search and replace
31803 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31804 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31805
31806 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31807 Emacs-like.
31808
31809 \(fn)" t nil)
31810
31811 ;;;***
31812 \f
31813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
31814 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31815
31816 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31817 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31818 Return the top node with all its children.
31819 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31820
31821 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31822 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31823 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31824
31825 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31826
31827 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31828 namespace to URIs instead.
31829
31830 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31831 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31832
31833 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31834
31835 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31836
31837 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31838
31839 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31840 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31841 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31842 not contain well-formed XML.
31843
31844 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31845 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31846 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31847 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31848 element of the list.
31849 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31850 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31851 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31852
31853 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31854
31855 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31856 namespace to URIs instead.
31857
31858 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31859 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31860
31861 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31862
31863 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31864
31865 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31866
31867 ;;;***
31868 \f
31869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21327 47162 581074
31870 ;;;;;; 0))
31871 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31872
31873 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31874 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31875 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31876 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31877 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31878 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31879 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31880 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31881 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31882 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31883
31884 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31885
31886 ;;;***
31887 \f
31888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21291 9464 291241
31889 ;;;;;; 0))
31890 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31891
31892 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31893 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31894 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31896 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31897 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31898
31899 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31900
31901 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31902 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31904 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31905 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31906
31907 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31908 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31909 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31910 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31911 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31912 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31913
31914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31915
31916 ;;;***
31917 \f
31918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
31919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31920
31921 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31922 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31923
31924 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31925
31926 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31927 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31928
31929 \(fn)" nil nil)
31930
31931 ;;;***
31932 \f
31933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21291 9464 291241 0))
31934 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31935
31936 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31937 Zone out, completely.
31938
31939 \(fn)" t nil)
31940
31941 ;;;***
31942 \f
31943 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21346 11636 801272
32151 ;;;;;; 923000))
32152
32153 ;;;***
32154 \f
32155 (provide 'loaddefs)
32156 ;; Local Variables:
32157 ;; version-control: never
32158 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32159 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32160 ;; coding: utf-8
32161 ;; End:
32162 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here